Transmission Report Lesco World Bank

El 503
Vol. 7
LAHORE ELECTRIC SUPPLY COMPANY
(LESCO)
SECONDARY TRANSMISSION LINES AND
GRID STATIONS FOR THE YEAR 2006-07
OF THE 6TH STG PROJECT
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ASSESSMENT
(ESA) STUDIES
VOLUME - I
December 2006
B BARQAAB Consufting Senr es (Pvt) Linited
, jSunny View Estate, Kashmir Road, Lahore
Phone: +92-42-9203384. 9202093-94, 9200063
Fax: +92-42-9202095
Email: BAROAABci)go.net.pk & BARQAAB(anexlinx.net.pk
In Association with:
ItJ3-I Development and Management Consultants
-=413-M, Model Town Extension, Lahore
Ph: 5168456, Fax: 5178591
Email: dmc(&wol.net.pk
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

EXecutive Summary
INTRODUCTION
Lahore Electric Supply Company Limited (LESCO) is a public limited utility company
responsible for distribution of electric power. The LESCO has prepared a five year
6th STG project starting from financial year (FY) 2005-06 to FY 2009-10 for the
improvement of transmission system and its expansion within its area of jurisdiction
including Lahore, Sheikhupura, Kasur, Nankana and Okara districts of the Punjab.
Out of the total scope of work, part of the 6th STG component of the project to be
financed by the World Bank loan identified for the year 2006-07 includes construction
of five new 132 KV grid stations, 17.1 Km of associated transmission lines, extension
of one and augmentation of five grid stations within LESCO jurisdiction. Exhibit 1
shows the location plan of the project components. The selected Project works which
are proposed for financing by the World Bank will have to comply with Bank's
guidelines relevant to environmental and social safeguard policies as well as
applicable laws and regulations. The Environmental and Social Assessment (ESA)
Study of the part of the Project was awarded to Joint venture of BARQAAB
Consulting Services (Pvt.) Limited and Development & Management Consultants
(DMC). BARQAAB was the Leading Firm.
THE PROJECT OVERVIEW
The objectives of the Project are to help increase the efficiency, reliability, and
quality of electricity supply in terms of the overall technical and commercial losses
reduction, continuous availability and the improved voltage profile of electricity. The
Project shall also facilitate electricity sector reforms, investment planning, financing
and technical assistance.
POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORKS
The National Environmental Policy had been announced by Government of Pakistan
in the year 2005. Pakistan Environmental Protection Council is the apex decision
making body of the country. Submission of the Environmental Impact Assessment
report to the concerned Environmental Protection Agency is mandatory under the
Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997. Similarly the global financial institution
and donor agencies also demand for the undertaking the ESA studies respecting the
developmental projects.
PROJECT ENVIRONMENTS
The project area occupies almost level alluvial plain. The soils are free from physical
and chemical hazards and do not present any problem for foundation construction.
The area is not prone to earthquakes. The climate of the area is sub-humid,
sub-tropical and continental and has no negative impact on the performance of
electrical insulations. The area drains into River Ravi. Khaira distributary falls near
the proposed grid stations of lnayat Pura and Defence Housing Authority (DHA).
Most of the ground water is fresh and it is brackish in a few areas.
ES -1

EXecutive Summay
The wildlife does not exist in the congested project area. Similarly no forest is found.
Total number of project affectees falling within the ROW of transmission lines and
grid station sites come to 22. Census of these affectees was carried out on 100
percent level to account for their type of assets, loss of assets, number of
dependents, affected incomes, etc. The socio-economic survey of the project area
was conducted by selecting a 15 percent representative sample from a universe of
319 households within the area of impact of transmission lines and grid station sites.
The number of households selected for socio-economic survey worked out as 49.
The objective of the survey was to have an overall assessment of the socioeconomic profile of the people of area, their dependence on electricity, income and
expenditure patterns and their vulnerability status. Per capita monthly income of the
sample households works out as Rs. 2,147/-. Average household expenditure
comes to 64% of the total income. The analysis has revealed that the sample
population was living above the official poverty line of Rs. 879/- per capita per month.
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
As a first step, the screening of the Project was done considering The World Bank
guidelines. The project falls in Environmental Category B for which limited scale
environmental and socio-economic impact assessment is required.
To ensure participation of local communities and Project stakeholders, consultative
meetings, scoping sessions and group discussions were held in which 102 men and
72 women participated. The participants were of the view that Project should be
implemented as early as possible. The main concerns of the participants were that
the transmission line should not pass over the private houses, local people should be
provided jobs during construction, load shedding should be minimized, electricity
/voltage should be stabilized, load shedding causes disruption in water supply and
burning of electronic appliances. Considering these difficulties, the participants were
of the view that improvement of electricity supply through construction of new grid
stations and transmission lines is the need of the day.
Major Negative Impacts
There are only 3 major negative impacts i.e. involuntary acquisition of 42 Kanals of
private commercial land, cutting of 63 fruits trees and disruption of traffic.
Major Positive Impacts
The major positive impacts include improvement in power supply in old areas and
provision of power supply to new areas, improved reliability and stability of electricity,
improvement in voltage profile, control existing load shedding and creation of jobs
during construction.
MITIGATION MEASURES
Mitigation measures for amelioration of negative impacts include compensation to
Project Affected Persons for the loss of land and standing crops / trees at agreed
market rates. The noise can be mitigated by using silencers and earmuffs. The dust
ES-2

'EXecutive Summary
pollution can be mitigated by sprinkling water 2 to 3 times a day and controlling of
speed of moving vehicles. For controlling the traffic, traffic management plan has
been proposed in Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP).
The other mitigation measures include periodic cleaning and de-silting of sewerage
drains, planting of trees along sewerage drains, planting of compensatory trees,
careful driving in work areas, avoidance of vehicle and machinery movements during
peak hours, transportation of equipment and machinery at night and careful
collection and disposal of oils and lubricants.
RESETTLEMENT POLICY FRAMEWORK
The Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) provides the basis for the mitigation of
social impacts. It has been developed in accordance with the requirements of the
World Bank OP-4.12. This Policy of the Bank endorses the eligibility of all the
categories of persons, whether with formal legal rights or without these rights, in a
project, but occupying project area prior to the cut-off date established by the
borrower and acceptable to the Bank.
The governing legislation regarding land acquisition and compensation is the Land
Acquisition Act (LAA), 1894. The LAA is limited to a cash compensation policy for the
acquisition of land and built-up property, and damage to other assets such as crops,
trees, infrastructure, etc. The LAA does not take into account the rehabilitation and
resettlement of displaced populations and the restoration of their livelihoods. The
Bank's OP 4.12, however, provides full protection to the people affected by a Project.
Accordingly, RPF defines the compensation for the acquisition of land and other
assets of the PAPs falling within the ROW of the transmission lines and the
proposed grid station sites, as per following details.
Sr. No. Type of
Site
No. of Category of
Loss/issue
Affectees Affectees
1 Land Acquisition Momonpura Grid
15 Land Owners
(41.65 Kanals) Station
2 Land Acquisition For Pole Siting- 1
Land Owner
(0.05 Kanal) Transmission Line of
Inayatpura Grid
Station
3 Loss of Income Transmission Line
4
Land Owners
from Standing Route of Inayatpura
Crops (24
Grid Station
kanals)
4 Loss of Income Transmission Line
1
Land Owner
from Fruit Trees Route of lnayatpura
Cutting (63) Grid Station
5 Temporary Loss Transmission Line
3
Non-title
of Business Route of Barki Grid
Holder
Station
Squatters/
_ _Encroacherss
Note: Affectees vide Sr. No. 2 & 4 are already accounted in Sr. No.3
1 Kanal = 506m2
ES -3

fEXecutive Sumy
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (EMMP)
EMMP has been prepared. It includes actions proposed for mitigation of negative
impacts and effective monitoring of the implementation of proposed mitigation
measures during pre-construction, construction and operation phases. This will form
part of contract. LESCO is responsible for its implementation.
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL COSTS
Environmental and Social Costs are estimated at Rs. 343 million (Table-8.5).
CONCLUSIONS
Environmental Aspects
* The construction stage will face negative impacts in form of dust, smoke and
noise on account of employment of vehicles, machinery and equipment. The
generation of construction waste, solid waste and oil spills/seepage will have
negative impacts on land and air resources. Further, the stringing process will
involve traffic congestion at Saggian grid station site. All such impacts are
temporary and are of minor nature. The mitigation measures have been
suggested in the EMMP.
* The project operation phase will come across issues such as clearance of ROW,
leakage/seepage of transformer oil, generation of noise from transformers and
waste management. These are reversible impacts and accordingly mitigation
measures have been given in the EMMP.
* Major Positive Impacts
O Significant improvement in reliability and stability of electric supply system.
O Improvement in voltage profile.
O Control of existing load shedding.
O There is insignificant environmental damage to local land, water and biological
resources.
Socio-economic Aspects
* On overall basis 22 persons will be affected by the Project Activities.
* About 42 kanals of land will have to be acquired from the private owners.
* Standing fodder crop on about 3 areas of land will be affected temporarily during
the construction activities.
* Privately owned 63 fruit trees and 38 non-fruit trees will need removal.
* About 133 non-fruit tress of different species will need cutting from the
government lands.
* Source of livelihood of 3 squatter encroachments will be affected temporarily
during the stringing stage at Barki Grid Transmission Line.
ES -4

EXaecutive Summary
RECOMMENDATIONS
In view of the above mentioned conclusions of the ESA study the consultants make
the following recommendations for implementation by the LESCO.
* Being a responsible customer oriented corporate body the LESCO should devise
the Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE) Policy, Quality Policy and Social
Policy on priority basis.
* The LESCO should work towards obtaining quality, environmental and social
certifications for the international standards. This will improve their public image
also.
* The LESCO is not equipped with the required environmental and social knowhow. This capacity should be strengthened the earliest in order to meet the
environmental challenges of the modern and environment friendly electric supply
system. Establishment of the LESC is the first and foremost step in this direction.
* The project affectees should be compensated for the loss of their assets and
livelihood according to the provisions of the Resettlement Policy Framework.
* The land should be purchased at negotiated rates between the owners and the
LESCO.
* Compensatory plantation should be made in lieu of removed trees.
ES -5
COLP- -H
COLOPHON
1. Client:
The Lahore Electric Supply Company Limited (LESCO)
2. Consultant: The BARQAAB Consulting Services (Pvt.) Limited
in Association with Development and Management
Consultants (DMC)
3. Environmental and Social Assessment Studies Team:
* M. Shabbir Baig
Environmentalist /
M.Sc. Rural Land Ecology
Project Manager
ITC, Holland
* Dr. Ghulam Hiader
Environmental and Social
M.Sc.(Agri.), Punjab University, Lahore Advisor
Ph.D.(Soil Science), McGill University,
Canada
* Muhammad Khalil
Socio-Economist
M.Sc. Agricultural Economics and
Rural Sociology, UAF
* Engineer Mumtaz Hussain
Environmentalist
M.Sc. (Hons) Soil Science (UAF)
M.Sc. Environmental Engineering (UET
Lahore)
B.Sc. (Hons) Agriculture
B.Sc Civil Engineering
* Muhammad Rafiq Zaheer
Environmentalist
M.Sc. Soil Science
UAF
* Jawad Hussain Chandio
Senior Engineer (Electrical)
B.E (Electrical)
* M. Tahir Khan
Computer Processing
* Sohail Afzal
Computer Operator
I
A --BB -EITIN
ABBREVIATIONS
iiiii Ino - - -
ACSR
Aluminum Conductor Steel Reinforced
AEB
Area Electricity Board
ADB
Asian Development Bank
AIS
Air Insulated Substation
BARQAAB
BARQAAB Consulting Services (Pvt.) Limited
BOD
Board of Directors
CDGL
City District Government, Lahore
COI
Corridor of Impact
D/C
Double Circuit Transmission Line
DISCO
Distribution Company
DMC
Development and Management Consultants
DOP
Distribution of Power
EA
Environmental Assessment
ECNEC
Executive Committee of National Economic Council
EIA
Environmental Impact Assessment
ELR
Energy Loss Reduction
EMMP
Environmental, Management and Monitoring Plan
EPD
Environment Protection Department
ESA
Environmental and Social Assessment
ESG
Environmental and Social Assessment Guidelines
EXT
Extension
FY
Financial Year
G/S
Grid Station
GIS
Gas Insulated Substation
GIS
Geographical Information System
GOP
Government of Pakistan
GT Road
Grand Trunk Road
HRD
Human Resource Development
HRM
Human Resource Management
HV
High Voltage
I/C
Incoming
IUCN
Conservation Union
JWC
Joint Working Council
Kanal
It is a unit of area measurement. It is equal to 506 m2
kV
Kilo volt
a
kVA
LAA
LAC
LAEB
LESC
LESCO
Maria
MIS
MVA
NCS
NEPRA
NEQS
NTDC
O/G
OD
OP
PAK-EPA
PAPs
PEPA
PEPC
PHA
PTRF
RAP
ROW
RPF
S/C
SBP
STG
TA
TL
TOR
TP
TRF
UTS
WAPDA
WB
b
Kilo volts Ampere (Capacity)

Land Acquisition Act
Land Acquisition Collector
Lahore Area Electricity Board
LESCO Environmental and Social Cell
Lahore Electric Supply Company
It is a unit of area measurement. It is equal to 25.3 m2
Management Information System
Mega Volts Ampere (Capacity)
National Conservation Strategy
National Electric Power Regulatory Authority
National Environmental Quality Standards
National Transmission and Dispatch Company
Outgoing
Operative Directive
Operational Policy
Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency
Project Affected Persons
Pakistan Environmental Protection Act
Pakistan Environmental Protection Council
Parks and Horticulture Authority
Power Transformer
Resettlement Action Plan
Right of Way
Resettlement Policy Framework
Single Circuit Transmission Line
Strategic Business Plan
Secondary Transmission Lines and Grid Station
Technical Assistance
Transmission Line
Terms of Reference
Tubular Pole
Transformer
Ultimate Tensile Strength
Water and Power Development Authority
The World Bank
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ASSESSMENT

(ESA) STUDIES
VOLUME- I
1. INTRODUCTION
............................................ 1-1
1.1 BACKGROUND
1-1
1.1.1
Status of Lahore Electric Supply Company Limited
(LESCO)
1-1
1.1.2
Jurisdiction of LESCO
1-1
1.1.3
Overall Project Scenario
1-1
1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1-2
1.2.1
Scope of Work
1-2
1.2.2
Cost of Project
1-3
1.2.3
Work Force
1-3
1.2.4
Transportation and Storage of Equipment and Materials 1-3
1.3 PROJECT OBJECTIVES
1-3
1.4 PROJECT COMPONENTS
1-3
1.4.1
New Grid Stations
1-3
1.4.2
Extension of Existing Grid Stations
1-4
1.4.3
Augmentation of Existing Grid Stations
1-5
1.4.4
Transmission Lines
1-5
1.4.5
Tubular Poles
1-6
1.5 PROJECT CATEGORIZATION
1-6
1.6 IMPORTANCE OF STUDY
1-6
1.7 SCOPE OF STUDY
1-7
1.8 METHODOLOGY AND APPROACH
1-7
1.9 DESCRIPTION OF SELECTED GRID STATION SITES AND
ROUTES OF TRANSMISSION LINES
1-8
1.10 SAFETY PARAMETERS
1-11
1.10.1
System Safety Parameters
1-11
1.10.2
Public Safety Parameters
1-12
1.11 ORGANIZATION OF ESA REPORT
1-14
2. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
.............................. 2-1
2.1 GENERAL
2-1
2.2 ALTERNATIVES FOR GRID STATIONS
2-1
2.2.1
Inayat Pura / State Life Grid Station
2-1
2.2.2
DHA/Barki Grid Station
2-2
2.2.3
Gulberg Grid Station
2-2
2.2.4
Saggian Grid Station
2-3
i
2.2.5
Momin Pura Grid Station
2-3
2.3 ALTERNATIVES FOR TRANSMISSION LINE ROUTES
2-4
2.3.1
Transmission Line for Inayat Pura / State Life Grid Station 2-5
2.3.2
Transmission Line Route for DHA/Barki Grid Station 2-6
2.3.3
Transmission Line Route for Momin Pura Grid Station 2-6
2.3.4
Transmission Line Route for Gulberg Grid Station 2-6
2.3.5
Transmission Line Route for Saggian Grid Station 2-7
2.4 TECHNICAL ALTERNATIVES
2-7
2.4.1
Alternatives for Grid Stations
2-7
2.4.2
Alternatives for Transmission Lines
2-8
2.4.3
Comparison between Towers and Poles
2-9
2.4.4
Insulating / Transformer Oil
2-9
2.4.5
Altematives for Improving Efficiency of Grid Stations 2-9
3. POLICY, INSTITUTIONAL AND LEGAL FRAMEWORKS
.................... 3-1
3.1 POLICY FRAMEWORK
3-1
3.2 INSTITUTIONAL SETUP
3-1
3.2.1
Pakistan Environmental Protection Council
3-1
3.2.2
Environmental Protection Agencies
3-1
3.2.3
National Environmental Coordination Committee
3-1
3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL LEGAL FRAMEWORK
3-2
3.3.1
Enactments
3-2
3.3.2
National Environmental Quality Standards
3-2
3.3.8
Environmental and Social Guidelines of Pak EPA 3-2
3.3.9
Sector - wise Legislation
3-2
3.4 OTHER RELEVANT DOCUMENTS
3-4
3.4.1
Pakistan National Conservation Strategy
3-4
3.4.2
Biodiversity Action Plan for Pakistan
3-4
3.4.3
West Pakistan Water and Power Development Authority
Act, 1958
3-4
3.4.4
Electricity Act, 1910
3-5
3.4.5
Telegraph Act, 1910
3-5
3.4.6
Forest Act, 1927 as Amended
3-5
3.4.7
Protection of Trees and Brushwood Act, 1949
3-5
3.4.8
Punjab Local Government Ordinance, 2001
3-5
3.4.9'
Land Acquisition Act, 1894 Including Later Amendments 3-5
3.5 INTERNATIONAL AGENCIES' REQUIREMENTS
3-7
3.5.3
Guidelines of The World Bank
3-7
3.5.4
Operation Policies / BP of World Bank
3-7
3.5.5
Provision of the Applicable Bank Safeguard Policies 3-8
3.5.6
Description of Triggered or will be Triggered Operational
Policies of The World Bank
3-11
3.5.7
International Obligations
3-12
4. PROJECT ENVIRONMENTS .................................... 4-1
4.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
4-1
4.1.1
Topography/Relief
4-1
11
4.1.2
Geology and Geomorphology
4-1
4.1.3
Landforms and Soils
4-1
4.1.4
Seismology
4-3
4.1.5
Climate
4-4
4.1.6
Surface Water
4-6
4.1.7
Ground Water
4-10
4.1.8
Ambient Air Quality
4-14
4.1.9
Noise level
4-15
4.2 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
4-17
4.2.1
Flora/Natural Vegetation
4-17
4.2.2
Reserved Forests / National Parks
4-18
4.2.3
Fauna/Wildlife
4-18
4.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
4-18
4.3.1
Approach and Methodology
4-19
4.3.2
Determination of Number of Project Affected Persons
(PAPs)
4-19
4.3.3
Census of Project Affected Persons (PAPs)
4-19
4.3.4
Socioeconomic Survey
4-19
4.3.5
Findings of the Census Survey of the PAPs
4-21
4.3.6
Buildings / Structures of Cultural or Religious
Significance
4-26
4.3.7
Findings of the Socioeconomic Baseline Survey 4-26
4.3.8
Identification of stakeholders
4-30
5. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES AND IMPACT
ASSESSMENT
.......... 5-1
5.1 SCREENING
5-1
5.1.1
Requirement of Screening
5-1
5.1.2
Checklist for Screening of Environmental Issues/ Impacts of
the Project Area
5-1
5.2 SCOPING / PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS
5-2
5.2.1
Scoping
5-2
5.2.2
Involvement of Stakeholders
5-3
5.2.3
Aim and Activities of Scoping
5-3
5.2.4
Information about Public Consultations
5-3
5.2.5
Concerns of Stakeholders
5-4
5.3 ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
5-6
5.3.1
Environmental Impact Assessment at Pre-construction
Stage
5-6
5.3.2
Environmental Impact Assessment at Construction Stage 5-7
5.3.3
Environmental Impact Assessment at Project Operation
Stage
5-9
5.3.4
ESA Procedure
5-13
*
Criteria for Impact Scaling
5-13
5.4 ASSESSMENT OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS
5-15
5.4.1
Site Specific Negative Impacts
5-15
5.4.2
Negative Impacts Common to All Grid Stations and
Transmission Lines
5-18
5.4.3
Positive Impacts Common to All Sites
5-18
iii
5.4.4
Overall Assessment of Potential Socioeconomic Impacts 5-19
6. MITIGATION MEASURES ................................... 6-1
6.1 INTRODUCTION
6-1
6.2 MITIGATION MEASURES TO BE APPLIED AT PRE-CONSTRUCTION
STAGE
6-1
6.2.1
Special Area Protecting Biodiversity
6-1
6.3 MITIGATION MEASURES TO BE APPLIED AT CONSTRUCTION
STAGE
6-1
6.3.1
Deterioration of Surface Water Quality
6-1
6.3.2
Dust, Smoke, Noise and Vibration Hazards
6-2
6.3.3
Hazardous Driving and Disruption of Traffic for Prolonged
Period
6-2
6.4 MITIGATION MEASURES TO BE APPLIED AT POST-CONSTRUCTION
STAGE
6-2
6.4.1
Clearance of Right of Way (ROW)
6-2
6.4.2
Fire Incidence in Grid Stations
6-2
6.4.3
Leakage / Seepage of Transformer Oil
6-4
6.4.4
Noise from Transformers
6-4
6.5 ENHANCEMENT MEASURES
6-8
6.6 SOCIOECONOMIC
6-9
6.6.1
Compensation for Land to be Acquired / Purchased 6-9
6.6.2
Disruption of Socioeconomic Activities During
Construction
6-9
6.6.3
Health Hazard
6-9
6.6.4
Infrastructure in ROW
6-9
6.6.5
Cutting of Trees
6-10
6.7 RESETTLEMENT ACTION PLAN
6-10
6.8 RESETTLEMENT POLICY FRAMEWORK (RPF)
6-10
6.8.1
Need for RPF
6-10
6.8.2
Basic principles of RPF
6-11
6.8.3
Entitlement for compensation
6-12
6.8.4
Owners of private land
6-12
6.8.5
Owners of trees and crops
6-12
6.8.6
Squatters/ encroachers business operators within ROW 6-13
6.8.7
Squatters/ Encroacher's Commercial Structures within
ROW
6-13
6.8.8
Roadside plantation within the ROW of transmission lines 6-13
6.8.9
Buildings or Structures of Cultural / Religious
Significance
6-14
6.8.10
RPF Matrix
6-14
6.9 LAND VALUATION PROCEDURE
6-17
6.10 GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL MECHANISM
6-17
6.11 CONSULTATION STRATEGY
6-18
6.12 SOCIAL SCREENING OF THE PROJECT
6-19
iv
6.13 IMPLEMENTATION MECHANISM FOR PROJECT

6-23
6.14. IMPLEMENTATION MECHANISM FOR SOCIO-ENVIRONMENTAL
SAFEGUARDS
6-23
7. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN
(EMMP) ........... 7-1
7.1 INTRODUCTION
7-1
7.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMMP
7-1
7.3 PROPOSED ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTIONS
7-1
7.4 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC MONITORING PLAN 7-6
7.4.1
General
7-6
7.4.2
Objectives of Monitoring Plan
7-6
7.4.3
Performance Indicators
7-7
7.4.4
Environmental Monitoring
7-9
7.4.5
Monitoring Programme
7-10
7.4.6
Socioeconomic Monitoring
7-10
7.4.7
Institutional Arrangements
7-12
7.5 CAPACITY BUILDING / TRAINING
7-15
7.5.1
Capacity Building / Training Programme
7-15
7.5.2
Venue of Training
7-15
7.6 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN (TMP)
7-15
7.6.1
NeedforTMP
7-15
7.6.2
Concept of TMP for the Proposed Project
7-15
7.6.4
Procedure for the Formation of the Proposed TMP. 7-16
7.6.4
Summary of TMP for Saggian Grid Station and Allied
Transmission Line
7-16
7.7 CONTRACT DOCUMENT CLAUSES FOR MITIGATION
MEASURES
7-16
8. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT COSTS
................... 8-1
8.1 GENERAL
8-1
8.2 COMPENSATION OF LAND TO BE ACQUIRED
8-1
8.3 CUTTING OF TREES IN GOVERNMENT LAND
8-1
8.4 CUTTING OF TREES IN PRIVATE LAND
8-2
8.5 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR THE COMPENSATORY TREE
PLANTATION
8-3
8.6 CASH PAYMENT TO THE OWNERS OF TREES
8-3
8.7 COMPENSATION FOR STANDING CROPS
8-4
8.8 COMPENSATION FOR LOSS OF INCOME FROM GARDEN
8-4
8.9 COMPENSATION FOR LOSS OF LIVELIHOOD
8-4
8.10 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT
COSTS
8-5
9. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
........................... 9-1
v
9.1 PREAMBLE
9.2 CONCLUSIONS
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.3 RECOMMENDATIONS
9.3.1
9.3.2
vi
9-1
9-1
9-1
9-2
9-2
9-2
9-2
LIST OF TABLES
Table - 1.1 Works of 6th STG to be financed by the World Bank for the year 200607 ..... 1-4
Table - 1.2 Grid Station with Proposed Extension
.......................... 1-4
Table - 1.3 Existing Grid Stations Proposed for Augmentation ................... 1-5
Table - 1.4 Proposed New Transmission Lines
............................ 1-5
Table 1.5
Main Features of the Selected Sites for Grid Stations ................ 1-10
Table 3.1
.................................. 3-3
Table 4.1
Soil Suitability Rating for Tower Foundation ....................... 4-3
Table 4.2
Historical Data on Climatic Elements of Lahore (19732002) ........................I .......... 4-5
Table 4.3
Quality of Sewage Water at Saggian Disposal Station, Lahore ............ 4-7
Table 4.4
Quality of Ground Water in Lahore Area
........................ 4-11
Table 4.5 WHO Drinking Water Quality Standards
........................ 4-12
Table 4.6 Ambient Air Quality Data Recorded at Bund Road Mahmood Booti (22-23
December, 2005)
.....................................4-14
Table 4.7 Ambient Air Quality Recorded at Bund Road Mahmood Booti (
22-23 January, 2006)
............................... 4-15
Table 4.8 WHO Ambient Air Quality Standards
......................... 4-15
Table 4.9
Noise Levels Recorded in the Vicinity of Saggian Grid Station Site
(16 December, 2005)
................................... 4-16
Table 4.10
Noise Levels Recorded at Bund Road Mahmood Booti (22-23 January,
2006) .... 4-16
Table 4.11 Sample for Socio-economic Survey
........................... 4-21
Table 4.12 Number of Affected Persons
............................... 4-21
Table 4.13 Assets of the PAPs
.................................... 4-23
Table 4.14 Income Loss from Fodder Crop and Fruit Trees During Construction along
Inayatpura Grid Station Transmission Line ...................... 4-25
Table 4.15
Population of the Respondents
............................. 4-26
Table 4.16 Literacy Rate of the Respondents (Percent %) .................... 4-27
i
Table 4.17 Income of the Sample Population

.......................... 4-27
Table 4.18 Household Expenditure Pattern
........................... 4-28
Table 4.19 Nature of Business/Occupation of the Respondents (Percent) .......... 4-29
Table 5.1
Checklist for Screening of Environmental Issues/ Impacts of the Project area
........ 5-1
Table 5.2
Summary of Public Consultations
.......................... 5-4
Table 5.3 Assessment of Environmental Impacts related to New Grid Stations and
Transmission Lines in the Project Area .......................5-13
Table 5.4
Summary of Anticipated Losses By Categories Of Affectees Along With
Suggested Mitigation Measures
........................... 5-17
Table 5.5
Summary of Socioeconomic Impacts
........................ 5-19
Table - 6.1 What to do in case of Fire and Emergency ..................... 6-3
Table 6.2
Negative Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures at Different
Stages
of the Project
..................................... 6-5
Table 6.3
Main positive Impacts and enhancement measures identified in the Project
area .6-9
Table-6.4
RPF Matrix
...................................... 6-15
Table 7.1
Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) ............. 7-2
Table 7.2
............................... 7-10
Table 8.1 Trees and Shrubs to be Cut on Government Land ................. 8-1
Table 8.2 Trees and Shrubs to be Cut from Row of 66 KV Transmission Line ........ 82
Table 8.3 Trees to be Cut from Private Land of Inayat Pura Transmission Line ....... 82
Table 8.4
Details of Compensation for Trees
.......................... 8-4
Table - 8.5 Summary of Environmental and Social Management Costs ............ 8-5
ii
LIST OF ANNEXURES
Annexure-1
Details of landowners of proposed land from Mominpura grid
station and Demographic Profile and Asset details of Affectees
along Transmission Line Routes
Annexure-2
Transfer of land in favor of LESCO / WAPDA for the
Construction of 132 kV Grid Station at Gulberg Lahore
Annexure-3
Transfer of land in favor of LESCO for the Construction of
132 kV Grid Station at Saggian Lahore
Annexure-4
Application for Possession of Plot in DHA
Annexure-5
Grid Station in State Life Housing Society
Annexure-6
Details about Respondents, their Income and Expenditure
Pattern
Annexure-7
Possession of Household Items
Annexure-8
Access to Social amenities by grid station
Annexure-9
Women role in different activities by grid station
Annexure-1 0 Public Consultations
Annexure-1 1 Training Programme for Capacity Building
Annexure-12 Traffic Management Plan
Annexure-1 3 Costs of Compensatory Plantation
iii
LIST OF EXHIBITS
Exhibit 1
Location Plan of Project
Exhibit 2
Site Plan of Momin Pura Grid Station
Exhibit 3
Site Plan of Gulberg Grid Station
Exhibit 4
Site Plan of Saggian Grid Station
Exhibit 5
Site Plan of DHA Grid Station
Exhibit 6
Inayat Pura Grid Station
Exhibit 7
Typical Layout Plan of AIS Grid Station
Exhibit 8
Typical Layout Plan of GIS Grid Station
Exhibit 9
Storm Water and Sewage Drains
Exhibit 10
Lahore District Ground Water Quality
Exhibit 11 Traffic Management Plan for Proposed 132kV Saggian Grid
Station (include in Volume-3)
iv
CHAPTER
N-T
INTRODUCTION
-- -al

Introduction
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 BACKGROUND
1.1.1 Status of Lahore Electric Supply Company Limited (LESCO)
LESCO is a public limited utility company responsible for distribution of
electric power. LESCO was incorporated in Pakistan under Companies
Ordinance, 1984 as a result of restructuring of the Power Wing of WAPDA
after the enforcement of National Electric Power Regulatory Authority
(NEPRA) Regulation of Generation, Transmission and Distribution of Electric
Power Act (XL of 1997). It is one of the eight power distribution companies
(DISCOS) constituted under the said Act previously known as Area Electricity
Boards (AEBs).
1.1.2 Jurisdiction of LESCO
The network facilities of Lahore Area Electricity Board (LAEB) of WAPDA
were transferred to LESCO at its incorporation. The LAEB was operating
within municipal boundaries of five districts of the province of Punjab, i.e.,
Lahore, Sheikhupura, Kasur, Nankana and Okara. The same is jurisdiction of
LESCO. The Board of Directors (BODs) consisting of seven members is
responsible for overall policy formulation, decision making and guiding the
Company. Furthermore, affairs of the Company are run by its five Executive
Directors who are responsible for their respective functions under overall
control of the Chief Executive Officer (CEO).
1.1.3 Overall Project Scenario
In order to meet with the increasing electricity demand and to improve the
transmission network, the LESCO has prepared a five year 6th STG
investment project starting from financial year FY 2005-06 to FY 2009-10
for the improvement of transmission system and its expansion within its
area of jurisdiction including Lahore, Sheikhupura, Kasur, Nankana and
Okara districts of the Punjab. The PC-1 has already been approved by the
ECNEC. The investment programme held by LESCO to improve
transmission and distribution systems has three main components, namely
Development of Power (DOP), Distribution Rehabilitation / Energy Losses
Reduction (ELR) and Secondary Transmission Lines and Grid Stations
(STG). The implementation of proposed Projects in the portfolio will:
o Strengthen electricity network to reduce distribution losses and
improve power supply situation.
1-1

Introduction
o Strengthen electricity transmission network to reduce bottlenecks
and improve reliability and quality of associated power distribution
system.
o Provide technical assistance (TA) for project implementation,
capacity building, investment planning and sector reforms.
The STG component includes installation of new grid stations or
expansion and reinforcement of the existing power transmission system.
The 6th STG Project includes:
o Construction of 29 new 132 kV and one new 66 kV grid stations.
o Conversion of 6 existing 66 kV grid stations to 132 kV level.
O Extension by addition of power transformers/line bays at 39 grid
stations of 132 kV and 66 KV.
O Augmentation by replacing the power transformers with a higher
capacity transformer in 27 of 132 kV and 66 kV grid stations.
o New construction and reconductoring / rehabilitation of 698.5 Km of
132 kV and 66 kV Transmission Lines and 2 Km of single circuit
underground cable.
However, some changes in the scope are anticipated keeping in view the
requirements/exigencies.
* As a part of above Project, the LESCO has selected BARQAAB
Consulting Services (Pvt.) Ltd. in association with Development and
Management Consultants (DMC) to carryout Environmental and Social
Assessment Study (ESA) for the segment of the 6th Secondary
Transmission Lines and Grid Stations Project for the year 2006-07 which
is to be financed by the World Bank.
1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.2.1 Scope of Work
Out of the total scope of work, the part of the 6th STG component of
company's investment program to be financed by the World Bank loan
identified for the year 2006-07 includes construction of five new 132 kV Grid
Stations, 17.1 Km of associated transmission lines, extension of one and
augmentation of five grid stations within LESCO jurisdiction. Exhibit-1 shows
the location plan of the project components. The proposed works are to be
updated and refined to address company's business priorities, by improving
its operational and financial performance and service deliveries so as to make
it consistent with the PC-1. The Project is in consonance with Strategic
Business Plan (SBP) and financial projections, which are likely to be revised
in the light of tariff determinations. In total there are 11 Project sites at
different Locations.
1-2

Introduction
1.2.2 Cost of Project
The estimated cost of the selected works for the World Bank Financing is
Rs. 1.92 billion.
1.2.3 Work Force
The maximum number of labourers at each Project will range from 10-20
persons depending upon the work load. Generally, the major portion of labour
will be employed from the local communities and after finishing their work;
they will go back to their homes. It is estimated that at each grid station site,
10 labourers may stay for which necessary facilities for accommodation, water
supply and sewerage disposal shall be provided.
1.2.4 Transportation and Storage of Equipment and Materials
Grid station equipment is normally transported in containers while power
transformers on low bed trailers. Entry of heavy vehicles in the town is
allowed only after midnight. During erection of equipment, transformer is a
heavier item for which cranes will be used for placing it on foundation. All the
materials shall be stored at grid stations and will be one time activity. Tubular
poles are made in parts and assembled at site. Foundations of these poles
are of maximum 2 m diameters (dia).
1.3 PROJECT OBJECTIVES
The major objectives of the Project are described as follows:
* To bring overall reduction in the technical losses
* To decrease the O&M cost of the system by improving the system's
efficiency, reliability and quality of service.
* To increase the transformation capacity to meet the immediate and future
demand of power.
* To strengthen the electricity distribution networks to reduce losses and
improve supply.
* To strengthen the electricity transmission network and reduce bottlenecks
with a view to improve system's efficiency, reliability & quality.
1.4 PROJECT COMPONENTS
1.4.1 New Grid Stations
Five new 132 kV grid stations have been proposed in different localities in the
metropolitan city of Lahore and its outskirts. A grid station is constructed in
confined premises. Normally, a feed of double circuit from the closest 132 kV
1-3

IntrodMuction
circuit is made and several 11 kV circuits/lines are emanated for distribution
system. The 132 kV and 11 kV circuits can be overhead or underground
depending upon the availability of the land. Unless otherwise mentioned the
feed of transmission line and emanating 11 kV circuit (feeders) are overhead
on towers/structures. The details of Works of 6th STG to be financed by the
World Bank for the year 2006-07 are given in Table 1.1.
Table - 1.1
Works of 6th STG to be financed by the World Bank for the year 2006-07
Sr. Name of Grid Station Type
Scope of Work
1 132 kV AIS Inayatpura / State New 1xi 32 / 11 kV, 26 MVA T/B
Life Housing Society
+ 2 LUB + 1 / PT/Bay
2 132 kV GIS Gulberg
New 2x132 / 11 kV, 26 MVA T/B
+ 2 L/B + 1 / PT/Bay
3 132 kV GIS Mominpura G.T. New 2x132 / 11 kV, 26 MVA T/B
Road
+ 2 UB + 1 / PT/Bay
4 132 kV AIS Barki / Park View New 1xi 32 / 11 kV, 26 MVA T/B
Housing Society
+ 2 UB + 1 / PT/Bay
5 132 GIS Sagian / Ouffall New 2x132/ 11 kV, 26 MVAT/B
Road
+ 2 UB + 1 / PT/Bay
1.4.2 Extension of Existing Grid Stations
The transformation capacity of an existing grid station is increased by adding
132/11 kV of 13 MVA, 26 MVA or 40 MVA capacity power transformers as
required. Besides adding the equipment to the grid station, the emanating
11 kV Circuits/Lines are increased. The emanating 11 kV Circuits (Feeders) in
the Project are overhead on towers/structures. Extension in 132/11 kV Grid
Station is proposed as shown in Table - 1.2.
Table - 1.2
Grid Station with Proposed Extension
Sr. Name of Grid Station
Scope
No
1. 132 kV Shahkot
132/11,1 x26MVA +One T/Bay + Ext of 11
kV Switch Room
1 -4

Introduction
1.4.3 Augmentation of Existing Grid Stations
The transformation capacity of existing Grid Station is increased by replacing
an existing power transformer with a higher capacity transformer.
Augmentation in 132/11 kV Grid Stations is proposed as shown in Table-1.3
Table - 1.3
Existing Grid Stations Proposed for Augmentation
Sr. No
Name of Grid Station
Scope
1. 132 kV Saidpur
132/11 kV 1 x40 MVA PTRF
2. 132 kV Rehman Park
132/11 kV 1x40 MVA PTRF
3. 132 kV Bhatti Gate
4. 132 kV Defence
5. 132 kV Allama lqbal Town 132/11 kV 1x40 MVA PTRF
1.4.4 Transmission Lines
The total length of transmission lines in the Project area is about 17.1 km.
The transmission line carries the electric power through overhead conductors
on towers / poles. There are specified assemblies of towers / poles, which are
proposed to be built according to the terrain and profile of the transmission
line. To feed the proposed new and converted Grid Stations following works
have been suggested in Table-1.4.
Table - 1.4
Proposed New Transmission Lines
Sr. Name of Transmission
Scope of Work
No.
Line
Type
Length (km)
1 Wallington Mall - Shadman
in and out (Feed for GIS
D/C
0.1
Gulberg)
2 NKLP* - Ghazi Road in and D/C
6.6
out (Feed for lnayat Pura)
3 NKLP* - Ghazi in and Out
D/C
7.5
(Feed for AIS Barki)
1-5

Introductin
4 Shalimar - Batapur In and
out (Feed for GIS Momin
D/C
1.4
Pura)
5 Ravi - Bund Road in and
out (Feed for GIS
D/C
0.5
Saggian/Outfall Road).
Total
17.1
*NKLP New Kot Lakhpat
1.4.5 Tubular Poles
Construction of transmission line will involve erection of 61 tubular poles along
17.1 km route. Depending upon the availability of land, tubular poles have
been suggested for the proposed connecting 132 kV transmission lines in the
6th STG Project. Tubular poles are beneficial in congested areas, that occupy
a little space.
1.5 PROJECT CATEGORIZATION
According to the World Bank's classification of different types of projects by
considering their social and environmental impacts vide OP-4.01, the 6th STG
Project falls under category "B" projects, for which environmental and social
impacts assessment is required prior to submission to the Bank. Accordingly,
the project screening was carried out as per guidelines of the World Bank,
and the Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (Pak EPA). The indicators
used were; the type of the project, its size, nature, sensitivity, importance,
location, type and nature of PAPs, resettlement issues, etc. vide Banks OP4.01 and OP-4.12. The initial screening revealed that the people of the Project
area have keen interest in the LESCO Project, as this will improve the power
supply situation in their localities.
1.6 IMPORTANCE OF STUDY
Previously, approval for the implementation of a project was wholly based on
its economic feasibility. More recently, the donor agencies and Government of
Pakistan have made it obligatory that equally important and compelling
parameters of environmental sustainability and social acceptability should
also be considered while approving a development project for implementation.
The PEPA 1997 states "no proponent of a project shall commence
construction or operation unless he has filed with the federal agency Initial
Environmental Examination (IEE) or where the project is likely to cause an
adverse environmental effect, an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)".
The World Bank vide OP-4.01, has made it compulsory to undertake the
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for the projects financed by the
Bank. Therefore, to fulfill the requirements of PEPA 1997, the World Bank
1 -6

Introduction
and Terms of Reference (TOR) of the study, the ESA Study of the part of 6th
STG Project for the year 2006-07 has been undertaken.
1.7 SCOPE OF STUDY
As per TOR of the study (Appendix-1), the ESA study will have two major
parts, each to be dealt with separately: (i) an ESA Report for the project
interventions to be financed by the World Bank during the first year of
investment and (ii) Environmental and Social Assessment Guidelines (ESG)
for addressing environmental and social impacts of the project activities which
are not known exactly now and are to be taken up in subsequent years.
Furthermore, if any social issues triggering the Bank's safeguards are
identified during the ESA, a Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) will be
developed for the project affected persons. In case the affected families
exceed 200, then a Resettlement Plan as per requirements of the World Bank
OP 4-12 will be prepared. The scope of study will include to:
* Identify the adverse environmental and social impacts associated with
project interventions
* Develop an Environmental Management & Monitoring Plan (EMMP) for
the mitigation of adverse Environmental and Social Impacts (RPF);
* Identify the need for a Resettlement Policy Framework / Resettlement
Plan, based on the Social Assessment, which would be carried out in
accordance with the Social Screening checklist as provided in the TOR.
1.8 METHODOLOGY AND APPROACH
1.8.1 Based on the detailed review and perusal of the TOR objectives provided by
the Client (LESCO) for the 6th STG Project, the Consultants formulated their
approach and methodology for achieving the study objectives and fulfilling the
TOR as under:
* A multidisciplinary integrated approach.
* Close consultations with the Client.
* In depth review of background reports.
* Consultation with the key stakeholders.
* Frequent use of the latest available World Bank policies and guidelines.
* The experience of the Project team in implementation of similar projects
in Pakistan as well as internationally.
* Simple, practical and economical measures and options.
* Collection and usage of primary and secondary data.
1-7

Introduction
* Use of the latest state of the art technologies such as MS Excel,
MS Office, AutoCAD, etc.
1.8.2 The envisaged approach follows a goal-oriented methodology, and is based
on analysis of different components of the study, and identification of
environmental and socio-economic impacts due to the Project and suggested
mitigation measures.
1.8.3 As the first step, the secondary data collection and review were undertaken.
Wherever reliable data was available in sufficient quantity these were used on
priority basis for undertaking the analysis. After the selection of the grid
station sites a census was undertaken to identify the project affecttees,
affected assets, livelihood and affected structures. Besides, field surveys
were conducted to collect the primary data in respect of number of projectaffected persons, their population and assets. To investigate the socioeconomic characteristics of the general population, a socio-economic survey
was also carried out by selecting sample from the areas where proposed
interventions are to be implemented. Pre-structured questionnaire were used
to collect information for both the surveys. The data collected through primary
and secondary sources were entered into computer files. Appropriate
procedures for data checking, cleaning and analysis were employed to
analyze the data and presentation of the results in a reader friendly manner.
The data analysis and corresponding results presented in the draft reports
were forwarded to LESCO for their review and comments. After the review of
results by LESCO, these were used for preparing draft ESA & ESG reports.
The details of the sample selection for socio-economic study are provided in
sub-section 4.3.4.
1.9 DESCRIPTION OF SELECTED GRID STATION SITES AND ROUTES OF
TRANSMISSION LINES
1.9.1 The selection of sites for the construction of 132 kV Grid Stations and allied
transmission lines in a metropolitan city like Lahore and its suburbs was a
difficult task for the LESCO in view of the following reasons:
* Thickly populated and congested areas.
* Availability of limited space for poles erection.
* Presence of high buildings on the proposed routes of transmission lines.
* Restricted availability of public land.
1.9.2 Effort has been made by the LESCO, to the extent possible, to obtain and
utilize the public land for the construction of Grid Stations, whereas the Right
of Way (ROW) for secondary Transmission Lines has been routed by using
the already existing corridors and / or through public lands, thus without or
minimally disturbing the people and the utilities, both public and private, enroute. The schematic diagrams of proposed Grid Station site and connecting
transmission routes are presented in Exhibits 2 to 6. The main features are
1-8

Introduction
described as under and summarized in Table-1.4. Typical Layout plans of AIS
and GIS Grid Stations are given at Exhibits 7 and 8. Photographs of various
sites are given in Appendix 2.
Mominpura GIS 132kV Grid Station
o The site for this Grid Station is selected near the village Handu
Gujar along Grand Trunk (GT) Road adjacent to Adda
Chhabeel, about 3 km away from Shalimar Garden. ShalimarBatapur 132 kV transmission line is situated about 300 meters
from this site. Feed to the Mominpura Grid Station shall be
made from this running Transmission Line (T/L). The selected
site for Grid Station covering 41 kanals and 13 marlas is the
property of 15 private owners. A list of the land owners along
with revenue record details, as obtained from the relevant
Patwari (a revenue department functionary at lowest level to
maintain land records) is shown as Annexure-1. Negotiations
with the owners for the purchase of this piece of land through
negotiated prices are underway. This process will ensure the
right of the seller to accept or reject the deal without any
compulsion. In case of acquisition of land under Land
Acquisition Act, these will be acquired under non-emergency
clauses of the Act.
O The length of the transmission line is 1.4 km. The ROW of
this transmission line will be along the corridor of G.T. Road
where two parallel low-tension 11 kV transmission lines already
exist. The route is clear from any social hazards. No squatters
or business operators are found in the proposed ROW.
* Gulberg GIS 132 kV Grid Station
The proposed site is a Punjab Government property and lies in the posh
area of Gulberg. It covers 10 kanals and 4 marlas, presently in use of
Parks and Horticulture Authority (PHA) as plants nursery. Approval has
been accorded by the Board of Revenue, Government of the Punjab, to
this piece of land in favour of LESCO (Annexure-2). Canal Road, Jail
Road, FC College Road and the Gulberg Main Boulevard surround the
site. A 132 kV transmission line is located at a distance of 100m from the
Grid Station site across the Gulberg drain and Canal Park Road and thus
involving no ROW for the connecting transmission line.
* Saggian / Outfall GIS 132 kV Grid Station
The proposed site covering 10 kanals and 10 marlas is a Punjab
Government property and is walled on all sides. It is situated at main
Outfall Road. Presently, it is in the possession of the City District
Government, Lahore (CDGL) where an asphalt plant of LDA is working.
LESCO is pursuing the CDGL to get this piece of land transferred in its
favour for the construction of a Grid Station (Annexure-3). The CDGL is
1-9

Introduction
already planning to shift the asphalt plant from this site, as it is a big
source of air pollution in the adjoining areas. The ROW of connecting
transmission line, about 500m in length, will lie in a 10 m wide green belt
of the Outfall Road and Saggian Road, crossing the main Bund Road free
from any squatters or encroachers.
* DHA/ Barki 132kV AIS Grid Station
The proposed site covering approximately 32 kanals is located in DHA
scheme (Phase - VI) at Barki Road near village Bhangali. The DHA has
offered this piece of land to LESCO for construction of the Grid Station in
a private housing society (Annexure-4). The nearest Kot Lakhpat-Ghazi
132 kV transmission line is situated at a distance of about 7.5 km from the
proposed site. The ROW of the proposed transmission line traverses
along the left side of the Barki Road corridor. The width of this corridor
from the road edge to the houses/ shops is about 10 m. Three
encroachers earning their livelihood at the turning of a road connecting to
village Drug Pura are found along the route of this transmission line.
* Inayatpura / State Life Housing Society 132 kV AIS Grid Station
The proposed site covering 33 kanals and 3 marlas area is located in the
2nd phase of State Life Housing Society. The Society has offered this
piece of land willingly to LESCO for the construction of a Grid Station in
their society (Annexure-5). This Grid Station will be connected to the Kot
Lakhpat-Ghazi 132 kV transmission line located at a distance of about
6.6 km from the site. The transmission line will be constructed along the
available corridor of Bedian Road. For about 2 Km, the transmission line
will traverse along the main Bedian Road, then it will turn towards right
side and will traverse for about 2.5 km along the left bank of Khaira
Distributory. At Leel village, the line will turn towards the left side and after
crossing about 500 m through private land and further 600 m through
State Life Housing Society, will adopt the route of an abandoned 66 kV
transmission line up to the Grid Station site.
Table 1.5
Main Features of the Selected Sites for Grid Stations
Sr. Name of Grid Area Land Ownership
Remarks
No
Station
(Kanals)
Status
1
132 kV GIS
41.65 Privately Owned Purchase of land
Mominpura, Main
underway.
GT Road
2
132 kV GIS
10.20
Govt. Owned Land leasing case
Gulberg, Main
approved by the Govt.
Road - Canal Park
of Punjab
1 - 10

Introduction
3
132 kV GIS
10.50
Govt. Owned Land acquisition case
Saggian / Outfall
pending with Punjab
Road, Main Bund
Govt. for approval
Road
4
132 kV AIS
33.15 State Life Housing Society has offered the
Inayatpura, Jathol
Society land willingly to LESCO
Village
for Grid Station
construction
5
132 kV AIS
32.00 Defence Housing Society has offered the
Barki / DHA, Main
Authority (DHA) land willingly to LESCO
Barki Road for Grid Station
Bhangali Village
construction
Total Land
127.45
One Kanal = 506 m2
* Total land needed for the construction of the said Grid Stations is 127.45
Kanals or 15.93 acres. Of these, 41.65 kanals are to be purchased from
the private owners. The remaining land is either government owned or
owned by two housing societies. The housing societies have offered the
land to LESCO willingly for the construction of the Grid Station. The
transmission lines will route from the already existing corridors and/ or
through public lands. Only 0.05 kanals of land will have to be purchased
from the private owner for the siting of a pole along ROW of transmission
line of Inayatpura Grid Station.
1.10 SAFETY PARAMETERS
The risks and hazards of high voltage transmission lines will be minimized by
adopting the following safety parameters.
1.10.1 System Safety Parameters
* Right of Way (ROW)
A 15-20 m wide corridor free of all obstructions for 132 kV transmission
lines has been adopted. LESCO, however, allows general farm practices
within this corridor, but tree plantations that do not exceed a height of 1.5
m are allowed to remain under the lines. Similarly, open wells, including
Persian wheels are allowed to remain under the transmission lines. Tube
wells and Peter pumps are not permitted under the high voltage
conductors. This is for the reason that piping and cranes used to refurbish
such wells may come in contact with the lines.
No residential or other public buildings like factory, school, hospital,
mosque except for the graves t graveyards are permitted within the
corridor. However, farm buildings which are used for residential purposes
are allowed to remain under the extra high voltage lines, provided 8 m
vertical clearance is maintained. The height of the towers can be
increased to accommodate such buildings.
1 - 11

Introduction
* Conductor to Tower Clearance
For safety of the system, factors that may interrupt the power supply are
considered in the design. The clearance of the conductor from tower legs
and trusses is of prime importance. Therefore, in the design, a minimum
clearance of 4 m is adopted based on regulations of GOP/LESCO and
minimum requirements of National Electric Safety Code (ANSI C2). With
this clearance, about 99% probability of withstanding switching average
of 3-sigma margin due to maximum over voltage under adverse climatic
conditions is ensured.
* Earthing of the System
Every tower will be connected to an earthing system. This is to keep
tower footing resistance 5 ohms. For this, two earth electrodes of copper
clad steel rods will be sunk vertically into the ground to a minimum depth
of three meters.
* Lightening Intensities
The tower geometry, clearance and insulation of the system is designed
to perform safely within the permitted lightening intensities. In this
respect, consideration will be given to the tower footing resistance and
Isokeraunic level of the area. The accepted level is one trip out! 100 Km/
year due to lightening.
1.10.2 Public Safety Parameters
* Conductor to Ground Clearance
Conductor to ground safe clearance is required to provide for moving
objects under the line with a height of 4.5 m, withstanding switching surge
of 3-sigma margin with 99.7 percent probability under adverse
atmospheric conditions. This is to keep off the maximum voltage gradient
at ground level and maximum current induced in a person less than
internationally allowable values. As such, conductor to ground clearance
shall in no way be less than 9 meter. This is in accordance with the
regulations of GOP/ LESCO.
The permissible conductor clearance (at a maximum temperature of
65.5C) is as follows:
o Cultivated land traversed by vehicles 9.00m
o Road and Streets
9.00m
o Communication and Power Lines upto 132kV 4.50m
O Highways
11.75m
o Railroads
11.75m
1 - 12

Introdutwon
o Electrified Rail road Trolley Wire 4.50 m
o River at high flood level
7.00m
o Places accessible to pedestrians only 8.00 m
o Building roofs not accessible to people 6.00 m
o Building roofs accessible to people 8.00m
o Top of trees (Orchards)
6.00 m
o Canals
9.00 m
o Lightening Protection Wires
4.00m
* Corridor Clearance
The highest voltage line situated within Project areas is the 132kV line,
the feeding T/L to substations in the LESCO system and typically these
are routed along canal banks, roads, or green belts.
LESCO overall policy on horizontal clearances is to keep all buildings and
other obstructions out of the ROW of a transmission line of 132kV and
above. The policy adheres to the following standards:
o Residential structure should be 12 m out from the plumb line of the
outer conductor in ROW
o If there is no alternative alignment, an exception can be made for farm
buildings and single storey factory buildings, provided neither is used
as a residence
o Alternative route alignments will be used if any school, rural
dispensary, mosque or local shrine (ziarat) comes within 200 m of the
centerline of a planned route
o Brick kilns will be kept at least 7.5 - 10 m outside the centerline of the
ROW
o Tube wells and open wells using a surface pump are not permitted
under the high voltage conductors. Piping and cranes used to
recondition such wells could come in contact with the high voltage
conductors.
O Existing open wells including Persian or artesian wells are allowed to
remain under the high voltage conductors, as are hand pumps
O Existing orchards can remain within the ROW although towers are kept
out of orchards wherever possible. Orchards are over sailed by a
clearance of 6 m above the height of a mature orchard whereas all the
other trees are removed.
1 - 13

Introduction
1.11 ORGANIZATION OF ESA REPORT
The present report consists of 9 Chapters, 11 Exhibits and 13 Annexes.
Chapter 1 contains the History and Background Information and overall
scenario of the Project. It defines the objectives, Scope and Components of
the Project. Analysis of Project Alternatives is given in Chapter 2. Chapter 3
comprises the Policy, Institutional and Legal Frameworks. Chapter 4 consists
of existing Project Environments including Physical, Ecological and Socioeconomic Environments. Chapter 5 comprises identification of Environmental
and Social Issues and their anticipated impacts. Mitigation measures are
suggested and the implementing agencies are delineated in Chapter 6, this
Chapter also includes the Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF). Chapter 7
includes Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan. Chapter 8 explains
the Environmental and Social Costs. Chapter 9 summarizes the conclusions
and recommendations.
1 - 14
CHAPTER
F.. -t.- .- b-J
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

Anaysis of Alternatives
2. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
2.1 GENERAL
In general the Project alternatives are considered in terms of the available
project sites, current technologies, design variations, operational situation,
capital & recurrence costs and environmental & social issues and their
potential impacts. The alternative encompassing without project situation is
also taken into account. In this chapter feasible alternatives for the grid
stations and the transmission lines are discussed in detail.
2.2 ALTERNATIVES FOR GRID STATIONS
Alternatives for grid stations in view of the above criteria are given in the
following paragraphs:
2.2.1 Inayat Pura / State Life Grid Station
* Alternative I - Without Project Situation
In the absence of the grid station the electricity supply in the area of
influence will remain disturbed causing immense physical, biological and
socio-economic losses.
* Alternative II - State Life Housing Society
This site is a barren land. The surrounding area is broken & undulating
and is cultivated a little. It has no environmental sensitivity. The
management of State Life Housing Society has offered the required piece
of land willingly to the LESCO for construction of the grid station. There
are no houses or any public institutions / infrastructure in the vicinity of
the site. This alternative is recommended.
* Alternative III - Near Village Jathol
This is private land owned by the people of village Jathol. They are
unwilling to sell it to LESCO. The locals opine that the land cost will soon
increase significantly because of proposed alignment of RING ROAD in
the adjoining area. LESCO will not be able to pay the huge cost of the
land because of budget constraints. In addition ROW for the feeding
Transmission Line is difficult to acquire.
2-1

nA4jsi of Mternaties
2.2.2 DHA/Barki Grid Station
* Alternative I - Without Project Situation
In the absence of this grid station, phases VI and VII of DHA and
settlements, institutions & businesses in the adjoining areas will face
frequent load sheddings and voltage irregularities.
* Alternative 11 - DHA/Barki Grid Station
DHA has offered to provide the required area of land willingly. It is
economical since the LESCO is not supposed to make any payment for
this. It does not degrade the local environment. It does not involve any
social issues since the site is neither cultivated nor inhabitated by the
people. This alternative is recommended for implementation.
* Alternative Ill - Site along Barki Road
The area on either side of the Barki road is either military property or
occupied by private dwellings & business activities. Acquisition of the
land will cause outburst of inter departmental conflicts and social
upheavals.
2.2.3 Gulberg Grid Station
* Alternative I - No Project Situation
Presently the localities along Ferozepur Road and Gulberg & Shadman
Colonies are experiencing unabated electricity failures and shutdowns. If
this grid station is not constructed in the said locality the local people will
continue to suffer from disturbances of businesses and economic growth.
* Alternative 11 - Parks and Horticulture Authority (PHA) Nursery
The proposed site is the property of Punjab Government. The nursery is
the property of PHA. The project intervention will not cause any
environmental and social issues. The present nursery encompasses a
big area far more than required for the proposed grid station. Therefore,
the nursery can continue in the left over area even after the construction
of the gird station. Also, the feeding / source transmission line is running
just above the proposed site. Therefore, there will be no need to acquire
the ROW for this feeding line which is indeed the most difficult task in this
posh area. Hence, this site is recommended.
2-2

nAt=is ojfJtematives
* Alternative III - Possible Sites in Surrounding Areas
A detailed reconnaissance of the surrounding areas was made by the
ESA study team. No suitable piece of land was found available for the
said purpose in that posh area. The cost of the land is too high to be
paid by the LESCO. The entire area is highly populated with immense
commercial businesses.
2.2.4 Saggian Grid Station
Area all along Bund Road, and Saggian Bridge Road are highly
commercial. Similarly localities adjoining the said roads have dense
populations. Present unannounced and long electric breakdowns have
adverse impacts on business activities and social lives. In the absence
of the proposed Saggian grid station the locals will face socio-economic
losses for the times to come.
* Alternative II - Asphalt Plant Site
The Saggian Grid Station site is situated at Main Outfall Road. It
measures about 10.5 kanals. It is government property. Presently, it is
owned by City District Government, Lahore. An asphalt plant is working
at the proposed site. Its connectivity to existing 132 kV transmission line
across the main Bund Road is possible through a 500 m long line along
the existing Outfall Road green belt, with no social hazards. Under given
conditions, this site represents a good choice for the construction of this
grid station.
* Alternative IlIl - Along Saggian Bridge Road
The areas along both sides of the Saggian Bridge road are mostly
occupied by businesses and bus/truck stands. Enough space is not
available for construction of a grid station. The land is waterlogged being
located in vicinity of River Ravi. The soil has low bearing capacity and is
not fit for construction of foundations.
* Alternative IV - Along Bund Road
The Consultants traversed both banks of the Bund Road. The entire
area is extremely congested and no land is available for construction of
the grid station.
2.2.5 Momin Pura Grid Station
Area all along G.T. Road, are highly commercial. Similarly localities
adjoining the G.T. Road have dense populations. Present unannounced
2-3

A=4aijS ofAternatives
and long electric breakdowns have adverse impacts on business activities
and social lives. In the absence of the proposed Momin Pura grid station
the locals will face socio-economic losses for the times to come.
* Alternative II - Site near Handu Gujjar Village
The proposed site for Mominpura Grid Station is located close to main
G.T.Road, Adda Chabeel of village Handu Gujjar. Its total area is about
41.65 kanals. The main characteristics of this site are given as under.
o Being on the main G.T. Road, it is easily accessible
o It is only 1.4 Km away from the existing Shalimar Batapur 132 kV
transmission line at G.T. Road.
o Problem Faced
The proposed piece of land is a collective property of more than 15
owners share holders. The ownership details as per revenue record
are given in Annexure-1. There may be a big problem in
acquiring/purchasing the land. Further, the proposed land is situated at
the main G.T. Road and is taken as commercial by the people of area.
The price of such land according to them may be as Rs. 8.00 million to
Rs. 10.00 million per kanal. By taking price of land as Rs. 8.00 million
per kanal, the total cost of 41.65 kanal pieces of land works out as Rs
333.4 millions.
However, if any problem in the land acquiring process occurs due to
large number of owners of the proposed piece of land, then the other
site may be considered to avoid the wastage of time.
The proposed site for the construction of a Grid Station at main
GT Road is a better choice.
* Alternative l1l - Site Near G.T. Road
The other alternative site is located near Bund Road, about one km from
Darogawala chowk, (G.T. Road). Its area is about 16 kanals. It is owned by
Ch. Abdul Majid, who is also a Nazim of UC No 39 of the same area. The
average rate per kanal of this land is narrated as Rs.10 - 12 million per
kanal. The total cost of land at lower value rate comes to Rs.160 million.
The connectivity to existing transmission line will be a social problem here,
as the nearby pole of existing 132 kV transmission line is situated in the
populated area.
2.3 ALTERNATIVES FOR TRANSMISSION LINE ROUTES
* There are three guiding principles for selection of the most suitable
transmission line route. Firstly, the route should be the shortest. Secondly,
2-4

AIijsiS ofAtenatives
it should avoid the settlements as far as possible. Thirdly it should not
pass through the environmentally sensitive localities.
Lahore being, thickly populated area, does not present ideal and alternate
routes for transmission lines. Except for lnayat Pura / State Life gird
station all other grid stations do not have options for alternate routes.
2.3.1 Transmission Line for Inayat Pura I State Life Grid Station
The transmission line from the Grid Station is required to be connected with
the existing 132 kV transmission line passing near the Bhatta Chowk. There
are two possible routes which are discussed in the following:
* Route A
Route A will follow the existing abandoned 66 kV transmission line route
till Block D of Formanites Housing Society. Thereafter it will turn left and
will pass through State Life area. Then it passes through the private
land. In this piece of land fruit and non fruit trees will be cut. Then the
transmission line passes along the right bank of Khaira Distrubutary till
its connection to 132 kV line near Bedian Road. Some private land
needs be purchased. It is noteworthy that WAPDA had already paid for
the ROW of the 66 kV transmission line.
o Merits
X Most of the ROW passes through government land except a small
piece of private land having an orchard
X There will be no problem in acquiring land except a small piece of
private land which will be acquired as per prevailing market price.
o Demerits
/ The proposed ROW will pass through a private orchard affecting
63 fruit trees and 38 non-fruit tress.
The owner will have to be compensated for above mentioned
trees to be cut at prevailing market price.
* Route B
This route is the same as for Route A till the Formanites Housing Society.
Its length is about 2 Km. Afterwards Route B follows the road Kamahan Lidhar. The corridor on both sides of the road is either heavily populated
or cultivated. Therefore, it will be uneconomical to acquire to land for the
ROW. Also a large number of people are likely to be displaced and the
means of their livelihood will get jeopardized. Length of this route till the
junction with Bedian road - Bhatta Chowk is 3.5 Km. Then the alignment
will turn left along Bedian road till Bhatta Chowk where the proposed
2-5

Aiafysis ofAftenatives
transmission line will be connected with the existing 132 kV transmission
line. This route is comparatively longer; more congested and entails
traffic issues as compared with Route A.
o Merit
X It avoids the private orchard and cutting of 101 trees
o Demerits
X Major part of the ROW passes through private land
/ Land acquisition will be a serious problem
X Private land will be very expensive
/ Acquisition of land may delay the Project implementation
o Conclusion
The Route A does not involve involuntary land acquisition except a few
marlas of private land where as the ROW of Route B mostly passes
through private land where involuntary land acquisition will be a serious
problem. In nutshell Route A is recommended.
2.3.2 Transmission Line Route for DHA/Barki Grid Station
The transmission line will originate from the DHA/Barki Grid Station and after
crossing the Main Boulevard of Phases VI and VII, will follow the left bank of
the Khaira Distributary towards the Barki - Lahore road. Then onwards the
alignment will be along the left side of the Barki - Lahore road. ROW is
available throughout the proposed alignment. It will be connected with the Kot
Lakhpat transmission line at the Ghazi Grid Station. This route is
recommended.
2.3.3 Transmission Line Route for Momin Pura Grid Station
For Momin Pura Grid Station the route of the transmission line is along the left
side of the Grand Trunk road. Finally it will join the existing Shalimar - Batapur
132 kV Transmission Line near Harbanspura turning. Suitable ROW is
available throughout the length of the proposed route. It does not pose any
environmental and social issues.
2.3.4 Transmission Line Route for Gulberg Grid Station
This is the shortest transmission line of the present project. It is about less
than 100 m long and will join the existing 132 kV transmission line passing
adjacent to the proposed site. It does not cause any negative impacts on the
local physical, biological and socio-environments.
2-6

iaIiysis of !tenatives
2.3.5 Transmission Line Route for Saggian Grid Station
The transmission line will pass through the existing green belt between the
outfall road and the proposed grid station site. It will then join the existing 132
kV transmission line across Taj Company Chowk. Its length is about 0.5 Km.
It does not involve any environmental and social issues except the temporary
disruption of local traffic which can be properly mitigated.
2.4 TECHNICAL ALTERNATIVES
With the advancement of technologies in the world for quality and types of
various equipment, machinery, materials, and processes used for the grid
station and transmission lines keep improving. In the following various
technical options with the respective merits and demerits have been
highlighted.
2.4.1 Alternatives for Grid Stations
* There are two types of grid stations, that is, gas insulated (GIS) and air
insulated (AIS).
* GIS grid stations have more advantages than the AIS as given below:
o Environmental Impacts
GIS grid stations are not affected by external environmental
factors.
o Space Saving
GIS bays are compact. These help in space saving upto 80%.
o Low Maintenance Cost
GIS grid stations are highly reliable. Therefore, these need
minimum maintenance.
o Long Life
The operation life of GIS stations is 40 to 50 years as compared
to 25 to 30 years of AIS grid stations.
o Low Civil Works Cost
Due to compact design and light weight there is a substantial
saving in the cost of civil works.
o Personnel Safety
GIS grid station causes no risk of injury to operating personnel.
2-7

4A=ysi ofJAfternatives
o Short Circuiting by Wildlife
Fully encapsulated enclosures reduces risk of outages caused
by lizards and vandalism.
o Reliability
Factory assembled and tested units offer unbeatable
performance in terms of reliability and continuity of power
supply.
* AIS grid stations have following advantages:
o It can be extended easily
O It is a cheaper option vis-a-vis GIS grid station.
O Alteration / modification of various components is easier than GIS
grid station
2.4.2 Alternatives for Transmission Lines
* Overhead Transmission Lines
This alternative includes construction of traditional overhead
transmission lines. Its characteristics are:
o Technically, this option is simple as compared to underground
cable system as trained manpower is available.
o Economically construction and operation & maintenance costs of
overhead transmission line are lower.
o Socially, this system is problem free as it poses no threat to
existing utilities (water supply, telephone lines, gas lines etc) as
no large scale digging / excavation is involved.
o This system is not very safe / public friendly as the poles and
conductors are susceptible to fall during bad weather conditions
(high wind speed and heavy rains) causing damage to life and
property.
* Underground Cable
O The option includes construction of underground cable system
instead of over-head transmission line.
o Technically, its maintenance is costly and difficult as no trained
manpower to undertake the system is available with LESCO.
2-8

J4naiS ofAfternatives
o Economically, this is costlier as compared with the overhead
option. Roughly, it costs 3 times more the overhead option, as
expressed by the LESCO engineers.
o The adoption of this option will cause greater number of social
problems as compared with the over head option, in terms of
threat to the existing utilities (water supply, telephone lines, gas
lines) during the digging/excavation process, traffic disturbance,
environmental degradation due to dust and smoke, loss of access
or difficult access of the residents to their residences and
business dwellings at the busy and populated routes of Badian
Road and Barki Road loss of infrastructure, crops and tress.
* Conclusively, the overhead transmission line represents a better
technical option than the underground counterpart under the current
technical and socio-economic conditions.
2.4.3 Comparison between Towers and Poles
* Towers - The conventional towers occupy more space.
* Poles - These have small footprint. These are especially suitable for
congested urban localities like Lahore.
2.4.4 Insulating / Transformer Oil
* Currently used oils in all type of transformers within LESCO are of three
types:
o Naphenic, commonly used now with minimum flash point 1400C &
maximum 1500C and freezing point 300C (ICE-296 standard).
o Paraffinic Oil - In Pakistan, various companies manufacture
paraffinic type oil. This oil is harmless to humans and has no
negative impact on the environment.
O Napthenic (Aromatic)
2.4.5 Alternatives for Improving Efficiency of Grid Stations
* Conversion of Existing Grid Station
This option takes into account the scenario that instead of taking up
construction of new grid stations, the future power demand of the
proposed grid stations areas should be met with by enhancing the
capacity of the existing grid stations through raising its voltage level
from 66kV to 132 kV. This option has already been taken into
consideration while formulating the 6th STG Development Plans,
wherein it has provided the conversion of existing six 66 kV grid
stations to 132 kV level.
2-9

A4jsis of5Afternatives
Augmentation with Higher Capacity Transformers
This option takes into consideration the scenario that instead of
constructing the new grid stations and the connecting transmission
lines, the existing network should be augmented with higher capacity
transformers to meet the future demand. Such approach has already
been taken into account in the formulation of 6th STG project. Where no
space is available for the construction of new grid stations and the
existing grid stations are overloaded, the plan includes the
augmentation with higher capacity transformers at the same grid
station. In total augmentation plan covers 27 grid stations in future. For
the 2nd year development plan the augmentation with 40 MVA PTRF's
of the following Grid Stations to be financed by the World Bank
includes:
o 132 kV Saidpur Grid Station, Lahore
o 132 kV Rehman Park Grid Station, Lahore
o 132 kV Bhatti Gate Grid Station, Lahore
o 132 kV Defence Grid Station, Lahore
o 132 kV Allama lqbal Town Grid Station, Lahore
* Extension in the Capacity of already Existing Grid Stations
This option examines the possibility of avoiding the construction of new
grid stations by increasing in the capacity of already existing grid
stations. It is possible at those stations where space is available but the
already installed transformers have reached their maximum designed
capacity and further demand and limited space available at the existing
grid stations, it is not possible for LESCO to adopt such approach as
the sole option. This has been adopted where it was possible such as
at Shahkot 132 kV grid station in the current year development plan.
* Conclusion
The construction of new grid stations and transmission lines remain the
only option, which is utilized when any of the option mentioned above
cannot be implemented or new areas are to be electrified.
2- 10
CHAPTER
p. a
-'A
POLICY, INSTITUTIONAL AND LEGAL
FRAMEWORKS
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Pic fega(andAd2mnistrative
Framewors
3. POLICY, INSTITUTIONAL AND LEGAL FRAMEWORKS
3.1 POLICY FRAMEWORK
The 1973 Constitution of Pakistan has included the subject of Environmental
Pollution and Ecology in the Concurrent legislative list. The Parliament and
Provincial Governments are empowered to formulate necessary laws under
Article 142. In the same context the Government of Pakistan had announced
the National Environmental Policy in the year 2005.
3.2 INSTITUTIONAL SETUP
3.2.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Council
* The Pakistan Environmental Protection Council (PEPC) is the apex
decision making body of Pakistan. It had been established on 16 May
1998 under the provisions of Pakistan Environmental Protection Act
(PEPA) 1997. It is headed by Prime Minister of Pakistan with 35 members.
Chief Ministers of Provinces, Federal Environmental Minister and
Provincial Environment Ministers are the members. Similarly
Environmental Protection Councils have been formed in all the Provinces.
* Delegation of Powers to Provincial Governments
The Federal Government has delegated the powers and functions of the
Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (Pak EPA) to Provincial
Governments vide SROs 1251 (1) to 1254 (1) 98 dated 28 October 1998.
3.2.2 Environmental Protection Agencies
Pak EPA has been established at the federal level. At the provincial level
Environmental Protection Agencies (EPAs) have been established. In case of
Punjab Province an independent Environment Protection Department (EPD)
has been constituted. An EPA is headed by Director General.
3.2.3 National Environmental Coordination Committee
The Pak EPA has established the National Environmental Coordination
Committee vide SRO 95 (1)/99 dated 24 December 1998. Its Chairman is
Director General Pak EPA and Director Pak EPA acts as Secretary/Member.
3-1
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Pocy, Lega(andministrative
!Trcuewoi*6
3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL LEGAL FRAMEWORK
3.3.1 Enactments
Pakistan Environmental Protection Ordinance was promulgated in the year
1983. A comprehensive enactment entitled PEPA, 1997 was promulgated on
December 06, 1997.
3.3.2 National Environmental Quality Standards
Pak EPA with prior approval of the PEPC established and issued NEQS vide
Gazette of Pakistan Notification SRO 742 (1) 93 dated 24 August 1993.
These early NEQS were related to municipal and liquid industrial effluents,
industrial gaseous emissions and motor vehicle exhaust and noise. These
were revised and new standards were established in the Gazette of Pakistan
as Notification SRO 549/(1)/2000 of 8 August 2000. These are given as
Appendix 3.
3.3.3 Certification of Environmental Laboratories Regulations 2000 of
10 February 2000. (SRO 258(1)/2000).
3.3.4 Review of IEE and EIA Regulation, 2000 of 13 June 2000
(SRO 339(1)/2000).
3.3.5 The Provincial Sustainable Development Fund Board Rules, 2001 of 18 July
2001 (SRO 526(1)2001).
3.3.6 The Environmental Samples Rules, 2001 of 18 July 2001
(SRO 527(1)2001).
3.3.7 The NEQS (Self Monitoring and Reporting by Industry) Rules, 2001 of 18 July
2001 (SRO 528(1)2001).
3.3.8 Environmental and Social Guidelines of Pak EPA
These guidelines had been promulgated in the year 1997. The package of
these guidelines consist of the following:
* Guidelines for the preparation and review of environmental reports
* Guidelines for public consultation
* Guidelines for sensitive and critical areas
* Sectoral guidelines
3.3.9 Sector - wise Legislation
Sector-wise legislation applicable in Pakistan is given in Table 3.1
3-2
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FORTHE YEAR 2006-07 Pooy, LegatandAinutratLve

FJramework6
Table 3.1
Sr. # Sector
Legislation
1 Environmental The Pakistan Penal Code (1860)
protection Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997
2 Land use The Land Improvement Loans Act (1883)
The West Pakistan Agricultural Pests Ordinance (1959)
and Rules (1960)
The Punjab Local Government Ordinance (1979/80)
The Punjab Salinity Control and Reclamation Act (1988).
The Regulation of Mines and Oil-Fields and Mineral
Development (Government Control) Act, 1946.
3 Water quality The Pakistan Penal Code (1860)
are resources The Canal and Drainage Act (1873)
The Factories Act (1934)
On-Farm Water Management and Water Users'
Associations Ordinance (1981)
Indus River Water Apportionment Accord (1991)
4 Air quality The Pakistan Penal Code (1860)
The Factories Act (1934)
The Motor Vehicles Ordinance (1965) and Rules (1969)
5 Noise
The West Pakistan Regulation and Control of
Loudspeakers and Sound Amplifiers Ordinance (1965)
The Motor Vehicle Ordinance (1965) and Rules (1969)
NEQS, 2000
6 Toxic or The Pakistan Penal Code (1890)
hazardous The Explosives Act (1884)
substance The Factories Act (1934)
The Agricultural Pesticides Ordinance (1971) and Rules
(1973)
7 Solid wastes The Factories Act (1934)
and effluents The Punjab Local Government Ordinance
(1979/80)Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997
8 Marine and The West Pakistan Fisheries Ordinance (1961)
fisheries The Punjab Fisheries Rules (1976)
9 Forest
The Forest Act (1927)
conservation The West Pakistan Firewood and Charcoal (Restrictions)
Act (1964)
The Cutting of Trees (Prohibition) Act (1975)
10 Parks and The West Pakistan Ordinance (1959)
wildlife The Punjab Wildlife (Protection Preservation Conservation

conservation and Management) Act (1975) and Rules (1976)
protection The Punjab Local Government Ordinance (1 979/80)Export
and Control Order (1982)
3-3
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 P y gatramew

11 Cultural The Antiquities Act (1975)
environment
12 Livestock West Pakistan Goats (Restriction) Ordinance (1959)
The Grazing of Cattle in the Protected Forests (Range
Lands) Rules (1978)
Pakistan Animal Quarantine (Import and Export of Animals
and Animal Products) Ordinance (1979/80)
13 Public health The Pakistan Penal Code (1860)
and safety The Boilers Act (1923)
The Public Health (Emergency Provisions) Ordinance
(1944)
The West Pakistan Factories Canteen Rules (1959)
The Punjab Local Government Ordinance (1979/80)The
_ _ _ _ _ West Pakistan Epidemic Diseases Act (1 979/80)
(Source: Pakistan National Conservation Strategy, 1992)
3.4 OTHER RELEVANT DOCUMENTS
3.4.1 Pakistan National Conservation Strategy
Pakistan National Conservation Strategy (PNCS), 1992 was prepared jointly
by the Federal Ministry of Environment and the Conservation Union IUCN. It
is the basic policy document approved by the Government of Pakistan. It has
highlighted 14 core environmental issues concerning Pakistan and
recommended action plans accordingly. The provinces of NWFP and
Balochistan have already prepared the conservation strategies in light of
PNCS. Punjab Province has not yet formulated its conservation strategy.
3.4.2 Biodiversity Action Plan for Pakistan
Pakistan became a signatory to the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
in 1994. A Biodiversity Action Plan for Pakistan (BAP) was prepared in the
year 2000 in accordance with an agreement between the Government of
Pakistan and the World Bank under the Global Environmental Facility for
protecting the biological heritage of Pakistan.
3.4.3 West Pakistan Water and Power Development Authority Act, 1958
This Act authorizes WAPDA to construct and operate electrical transmission
lines with powers and obligations of a licensee under the Telegraph Act of
1910. This Act also establishes policy for land acquisition and compensation,
as well as the degree of liability of WAPDA for damages sustained by
landowners or others.
3-4
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Phy Lega(andAdnanutratve
Framewor6
3.4.4 Electricity Act, 1910
This Act provides a legal base for power distribution. A "licensee" under this
Act is enabled to operate for the supply of electricity. This Act obligates
licensee to pay compensation for any damages caused during the
constructions and maintenance of any power distribution facilities.
3.4.5 Telegraph Act, 1910
The Act was promulgated for installation of telegraphic poles and stringing.
This Act makes provision of installing poles/towers without acquiring any land.
However, provision is there for temporary acquisition of land during the
construction period. As such, compensation is made for a specific period. But
in case of 6t STG project, if this Act is invoked, it will be ensured that land
under the transmission lines is accessible and can be used productively. In
the absence of such a situation the land will be acquired and compensation
paid either under LAA (1894), or under the willing buyer-willing seller at
market prices with consensus on price.
3.4.6 Forest Act, 1927 as Amended
This Act establishes the right of the Government to designate areas for
reserved forest, village forest and protected forest, and may acquire such
areas for prohibiting or restricting the public use of the resources or other
activities. In case of falling the proposed grid station sites and the ROW of
transmission lines in a forest area, the concerned department will be
approached for the issuance of an NOC under this Act.
3.4.7 Protection of Trees and Brushwood Act, 1949
This Act prohibits cutting or lopping of trees and brushwood without
permission of the Forest Department. In case of invoking of this Act, the
Forest Department will be approached to seek its permission for cutting of
trees along the routes of transmission lines.
3.4.8 Punjab Local Government Ordinance, 2001
Under Clause 48 of the 6th Schedule of this Ordinance, the local governments
are empowered to restrict any project causing pollution to air, water or land.
They may also initiate schemes for improving the environment vide this
legislation. In case of 6th STG project, the local government offices at union
council level will be monitoring the project activities relating to environmental
and social aspects.
3.4.9 Land Acquisition Act, 1894 Including Later Amendments
The Land Acquisition Act, 1894, is a "law for the acquisition of land needed for
public purposes and for companies and for determining the amount of
compensation to be paid on account of such acquisition". The exercise of the
3-5
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Po,'y Lega(and9amstratwe
Framezwork6
power of acquisition has been limited to public purposes. The principles laid
down for the determination of compensation, as clarified by judicial
pronouncements made from time to time, reflect the anxiety of the law-giver to
compensate those who have been deprived of property, adequately. It is with
this end in view that the association of the persons interested in the property
with the process of determination of its negotiated market value by the
Collector is a highlight of this Act. The main sections of LLA (1894) for
acquisition of land are briefly described as follows;
The LAA 1894 is comprised of 8 parts having 55 sections. Part II of this Act
deals with the land acquisition procedures. This part contains 14 sections,
starting from Section 4 to Section 17, with 5A, 12A, 16A and 17A as additions
to the original Sections.
Section
Brief Description
4(i)
Publication of preliminary notification in the official
gazette for the acquisition of required land.
5
Payment of Damages
5-A (i)(ii) Hearing of objections
6 (i)
Declaration of intended acquisition that the land is
required for a public purpose, after considering the report
under section 5-A (ii)
7
After declaration under section 6(i), collector to take order
for acquisition.
8
Land to be marked out unless it has already been marked
out under section 4, measured and planned
9 (i)
Collector to cause public notices to be given at
convenient places on or near the land to be taken.
9 (ii)
Such notices should state the particulars of the land so
needed and shall require all persons interested in the
land to appear personally or by agent before the collector
at a given time and place. (Time not being less than 15
days after the publication of notice)
10
The section relates to the powers of collector to require
and enforce the making of statements as to names and
interests.
11
The section deals with the enquiry with measurements,
value and claims, and Award by the collector.
3-6
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Po1cy LegarandMmmstratve
Frame,wor4
12
Finalization of Award
17 (4)
This section deals with special powers in cases of
urgency / emergency.
The land needed for the construction of grid stations and siting of poles will
be acquired under normal conditions based on prevailing market prices or
negotiated prices between the LESCO and the owners of land. Section 17
(4) of the LAA will not be used in the absence of an emergency. Instead,
the land will be purchased under willing-seller willing-buyer deal at agreed
upon market rates and the seller will have the option not to sell the land, in
case an acceptable deal for both the parties is not reached.
3.5 INTERNATIONAL AGENCIES' REQUIREMENTS
International monetary/donor agencies, such as the World Bank and the Asian
Development Bank have issued guidelines for preparation and submission of
IEE and ESA Reports. If these guidelines are not adhered to funds may not
be provided for a development project by these agencies. Relevant guidelines
are:
3.5.1 Environmental Assessment Requirements and Environmental Review
Procedures of the Asian Development Bank, 2003.
3.5.2 Environmental Impact Assessment - Basic Procedure for Developing
Countries, United Nations Environmental Programme, 1998.
3.5.3 Guidelines of The World Bank
* Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook 1998. Towards
Cleaner Production.
Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume-I: Policies,
Procedures, and Cross-Sectoral Issues.
Social Analysis Sourcebook.
3.5.4 Operation Policies / BP of World Bank
It is the Policy of the World Bank that for Bank's aided project the borrower
country will carry out its environmental and social assessment. In addition, the
borrower is obliged to implement measures to mitigate anticipated
environmental and social impacts, to prepare an EMMP and RAP / RPF. In
this respect the World Bank has issued guidelines for the areas of concern in
the form of Operational Policies (OP) / Best Practices (BP) and Operative
Directives (OD). A list of the relevant social safeguards of the Bank in case of
LESCO's 6th STG Project is given as follows. The Project is located in thickly
populated areas involving no wetlands, dams and disputed areas.
3-7
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 P , Lega(andAdfnstratwe

!Framework*
OP 4.01
Environmental Assessment
OP 4.04
Natural Habitats
OP 4.09
Pest Management
OP 4.10
Indigenous People
OP 4.11
Cultural Property
OP 4.12
Involuntary Resettlement
OP 4.36
Forestry
BP 17.50 Disclosure of Operational Information
3.5.5 Provision of the Applicable Bank Safeguard Policies
A brief description of the applicable Bank's safeguards is provided below.
* OP-4.01
Bank Operational policy OP (4.01) identifies the general policy of the World
Bank about the environmental and social assessment, lays down procedures
and guidelines for conducting ESA, highlights aspects to be considered
including public consultation and information disclosure procedures. Annex B of the policy provides the contents of ESA and Annex - C exhibits
objectives and contents of Environmental Management Plan, Capacity
Development and Training, etc. As the World Bank is financing the project, so
the ESA will follow the guidelines provided in OP - 4.01. The mechanisms /
procedures for public consultations, monitoring, grievance redressal, etc., will
be framed as per requirements of this OP.
* OP-4.04
The Bank promotes and supports natural habitat conservation and
improved land use by financing projects designed to integrate into
national and regional development the conservation of natural habitats
and the maintenance of ecological functions. Furthermore, the Bank
promotes the rehabilitation of degraded natural habitats. The Bank does
not support projects that, in the Bank's opinion, involve the significant
conversion or degradation of critical natural habitats.
* OP-4.09
Agricultural Pest Management
The Bank uses various means to assess pest management in the
country and support integrated pest management (IPM) and the safe use
of agricultural pesticides: economic and sector work, sectoral or projectspecific environmental assessments, participatory IPM assessments,
and adjustment or investment projects and components aimed
specifically at supporting the adoption and use of [PM.
In Bank-financed agriculture operations, pest populations are normally
controlled through IPM approaches, such as biological control, cultural
3-8
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 4 / Lega(andAdimnistrative

fFramework4
practices, and the development and use of crop varieties that are
resistant or tolerant to the pest. The Bank may finance the purchase of
pesticides when their use is justified under an IPM approach.
Pest Management in Public Health
In Bank-financed public health projects, the Bank supports controlling
pests primarily through environmental methods. Where environ-mental
methods alone are not effective, the Bank may finance the use of
pesticides for control of disease vectors.
Criteria for Pesticide Selection and Use
The procurement of any pesticide in a Bank-financed project is
contingent on an assessment of the nature and degree of associated
risks, taking into account the proposed use and the intended users. With
respect to the classification of pesticides and their specific formulations,
the Bank refers to the World Health Organization's Recommended
Classification of Pesticides by Hazard and Guidelines to Classification
(Geneva: WHO 1994-95). The following criteria apply to the selection
and use of pesticides in Bank-financed projects:
(a) They must have negligible adverse human health effects.
(b) They must be shown to be effective against the target species.
(c) They must have minimal effect on non-target species and the
natural environment. The methods, timing, and frequency of
pesticide application are aimed to minimize damage to natural
enemies. Pesticides used in public health programs must be
demonstrated to be safe for inhabitants and domestic animals in
the treated areas, as well as for personnel applying them.
(d) Their use must take into account the need to prevent the
development of resistance in pests.
The Bank requires that any pesticides it finances be manufactured,
packaged, labeled, handled, stored, disposed of, and applied according
to standards acceptable to the Bank. The Bank does not finance
formulated products that fall in WHO classes IA and IB, or formulations of
products in Class II, if (a) the country lacks restrictions on their
distribution and use; or (b) they are likely to be used by, or be accessible
to, lay personnel, farmers, or others without training, equipment, and
facilities to handle, store, and apply these products properly.
* OP-4.10
The policy of the Bank provides a safeguard to the respect, dignity,
human rights, economies and cultures of the indigenous people, being
affected by some development project. The identities and cultures of
indigenous people are inextricably linked to the land on which they live
and natural resources on which they depend. Bank uses the term
3-9
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 oJy Leg
FrameWorf4
"indigenous people" in a generic sense to refer to distinct, vulnerable,
social and cultural groups possessing in varying degrees the
characteristics of self-identification, collective attachment to
geographically distinct habitats; customary cultural, economic, social or
political institutions that are separate from those of dominant society or
culture, and an indigenous language.
The Bank's safeguard is not triggered as far as the present study is
concerned, as no indigenous people are found at the proposed grid
station sites and along the transmission lines corridors.
OP-4.11
This policy of the Bank deals with the preservation of cultural property of
an area or a region, being threatened due to implementation of some
development project. The United Nations term "cultural property"
includes sites having archeological (pre-historic), paleontological,
historical, religious and unique natural values. The World Bank's general
policy is to assist in their preservation and to seek to avoid their
elimination. Should any cultural property is identified during
implementation, the Project will ensure that the cultural property is
protected and the archeology department or other relevant government
department, dealing with these properties is informed and then the
property handed over to them. However, in case of 1st Year works of the
6th STG Project, no cultural property as defined above, falls in the ROW
of transmission lines and the proposed grid station sites.
* OP-4.12
The policy of the Bank deal the issues and concerns relating to
involuntary resettlement due to the proposed development project and
provide guidelines to mitigate the adverse impacts on the local
community, particularly their relocation. As such this policy provides
basis for the development / preparation of Resettlement Policy
Framework and Resettlement Plan (in case of 200 + affected persons).
The Bank's provisions vide this Policy are triggered in case 6th STG 1St
Year works involving acquisition of land on involuntary basis. The
safeguards provided in this Policy are adopted in purchasing the land on
willing buyer-willing seller basis rather than acquiring the land adopting
LAA's emergency clauses. However, the seller has an option to refuse
to sell the land. The Policy provides full protection of livelihood to the
project affectees whether they are legal titleholders or are without any
legal title such as squatters encroachers.
* OP-4.36
The management, conservation, and sustainable development of forest
ecosystems and their associated resources are essential for lasting
poverty reduction and sustainable development, whether located in
countries with abundant forests or in those with depleted or naturally
limited forest resources. The objective of this policy is to assist borrowers

to harness the potential of forests to reduce poverty in a sustainable
manner, integrate forests effectively into sustainable economic
3- 10
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 !Pocy, Lega(andAdministrative
framework6
development, and protect the vital local and global environmental
services and values of forests.
Where forest restoration and plantation development are necessary to
meet these objectives, the Bank assists borrowers with forest restoration
activities that maintain or enhance biodiversity and ecosystem
functionality. The Bank also assists borrowers with the establishment
and sustainable management of environmentally appropriate, socially
beneficial, and economically viable forest plantations to help meet
growing demands for forest goods and services.
This policy applies to the following types of Bank-financed investment
projects:
(a) projects that have or may have impacts on the health and quality
of forests;
(b) projects that affect the rights and welfare of people and their
level of dependence upon or interaction with forests; and
(c) projects that aim to bring about changes in the management,
protection, or utilization of natural forests or plantations, whether
they are publicly, privately, or communally owned.
* BP-1 7.50
This Best Practice; endorsed by the Bank requires that the project
documentation should be made public. The procedures and time to
disclose the documents in the country of origin and when to submit to the
Bank, are provided in this document. The ESA and ESG reports will be
disclosed at Bank Info shop; and translated and disclosed at the Project
Office and at the website of LESCO, as per requirements of this
document.
3.5.6 Description of Triggered or will be Triggered Operational Policies of The
World Bank
The following Policies will be triggered in case of the selected works for World
Bank Financing.
* Environmental Assessment (OP-4.01)
Operational Policy OP (4.01) identifies the general policy of the World Bank
about the environmental and social assessment, lays down procedures and
guidelines for conducting ESA. It highlights aspects to be considered including
public consultation and information disclosure procedures. Annex - B of the
policy provides the contents of ESA and Annex - C exhibits objectives and
contents of Environmental Management Plan, Capacity Development and
Training, etc. As the World Bank is financing the present project, the ESA will
follow the guidelines provided in OP 4.01. The mechanisms/procedures for
3- 11
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 I

LegalandAdmstrative
,Framewor6
public consultations, monitoring, grievance redressal, etc., will be framed as
per requirements of this OP.
* Involuntary Resettlement (OP/BP 4.12)
The policy of the Bank deal the issues and concerns related with the
proposed development Project and provides basis for the development /
preparation of Resettlement Policy Frame work and Resettlement Plan (in
case of 200 + affected persons).
* Public Disclosures (BP-17.50)
This BP endorsed by the Bank requires that the project documentation
should be made public. The procedures and time to disclose the
documents in the country of origin and when to submit to the Bank are
provided in this document. The ESA and ESG reports will be disclosed at
Bank Info shop; and translated and disclosed at the Project Office and at
the website of LESCO, as per requirements of this document.
3.5.7 International Obligations
According to Section 31 of PEPA 1997 the Federal Government may, by
notification in the official Gazette, amend the Schedule so as to add any entry
thereto or modify or omit any entry therein:
* International Plant Protection Convention, Rome, 1951.
* Plant Protection Agreement for the South-East Asia and Pacific Region (as
amended), Rome 1956.
* Convention Concerning the Protection of World Cultural and Natural
Heritage (World Heritage Convention), Paris, 1972.
* Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer, Vienna, 1985.
* Montreal Protocol on substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, Montreal,
1987 and amendments thereto.
* Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio De Janiero, 1992.
* United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, Rio De
Janiero, 1992.
3- 12
CHAPTER
I
L ... i . .. i
PROJECT ENVIRONMENT
gm a - .
=t9ZImli" - -

Prjct Enronment
4. PROJECT ENVIRONMENTS
The environmental baseline of the Project area is described and presented in
accordance with the TOR objectives of the study. Typical constituents of
environmental baselines likely to be affected by the proposed Project interventions
include physical, biological and socio-economic environments in the area of
influence.
4.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
4.1.1 Topography/Relief
Topographically the Project area occupies level and nearly level surfaces.
These surfaces had been used for irrigated agriculture in the past. Currently
most of them have been or are being urbanized with a rapid pace.
Predominantly level topography of the area, will not cause any hindrance to
the process of stringing and other constructional activities.
4.1.2 Geology and Geomorphology
Broadly speaking, the Project area occupies a part of the Indus Plains which
represents a vast geosyncline lying between the Himalayan foothills and the
central core of the Indian subcontinent. This depression which once may well
have been an offshoot of the sea has now been filled with tremendous
quantities of sediments brought down by rivers from the Himalayas and has
consequently turned into an alluvial plain. In a few places this alluvium has
been estimated to be several thousand feet thick over under lying rocks.
4.1.3 Landforms and Soils
Although the entire area is an alluvial plain yet their varying parts were
deposited in different ways and at different times ranging from Late
Pleistocene (50,000 years) to Recent (few hundred years) periods as
reflected by the degree of soil development and elevation of the land
surfaces. The landforms encountered in the Project area are:
* Active / Recent Floodplains and Soils
This landform occurs along the River Ravi and occupies areas that have
been inundated almost every year in summer during Pre Indus Basin
Treaty, 1960 (period). The landform comprises gently undulating
levees/bars and nearly level to slightly concave basins / channels in fills of
the abandoned river creeks. The position of channels and levees/bars
have been subjected to continual change within this landform resulting in
4-1

!Project {Environment
the deposition of new sediments on the surface every year. The
levees/bars are predominantly sandy whereas the basins/channels in fills
are silty and clayey.
* Sub-recent Floodplains and Soils
These plains occupy relatively higher physiographic positions next to the
Active/Recent floodplains. These are characterized by covered meander
scrolls and levees. The Saggian Grid Station site has been identified on
this landform where the soils are younger and recently developed. The
surface material is commonly silt loam or very fine sandy loam underlain
by fresh sand at shallower depth.
* Old River Terrace and Soils
Most of the grid station sites are located on the old river terrace which is 5
to 9 m higher than the sub-recent floodplains. Such differences in
elevation are more evident and can be seen in the form of severely eroded
terrace escarpment as for example near Sundar on the left bank of the
River Ravi downstream of Lahore. The soil materials of the old river
terrace are calcareous, moderately fine textured and homogenized to
greater depth. The proposed Inayat Pura, Barki, Mominpura and Gulberg
grid station sites are located on this terrace. The soils are highly suitable
for engineering and agricultural purposes.
* Engineering Properties of Soils
The soil data/properties interpreted and rated in terms of their stability for
tower foundation include the effective soil depth, slope of the land surface,
flooding, internal drainage, stoniness/rockiness, depth to water table,
susceptibility to frost, shrinkage-swell potential and texture of the soils.
Based on these parameters the soils of the Project area have been
evaluated as having none to slight limitations for tower foundation are
given in Table 4.1.
4-2

Praect
Environment
Table 4.1
Soil Suitability Rating for Tower Foundation
Spotting
Soil Parameters
Degree of Soil Limitation
Characteristics of for Tower
the Soils of the Foundation
Slight
Moderate Severe
Project Area
Deep, moderately well to * Flooding None
well drained, sticky, * Slope
<5%>
plastic,
* Depth
>1.50 m
firm moist, very hard dry,
calcareous, non-saline, * Shrinkage-swell Nil
non-sodic, moderately potential
alkaline (pH 7.9 - 8.4) * Stoniness Nil
medium to moderately * Rockiness Nil
fine textured.
* Susceptibility to None to
frost-action slight
* Depth of water > 30 m
table
* Soil drainage Well to moderately class
well drained
* Adverse Soil Conditions
Adverse soil conditions may sometimes demand particular constructive
measures, e.g. special foundations, piles etc., and have a considerable
effect on the total cost of a grid station and tower foundation. Thus, an
accurate knowledge of the soil conditions is of paramount importance. This
knowledge includes physical properties such as soil bearing capacity,
ground water depth and chemical properties such as corrosiveness,
electrical conductivity and soluble sulfate content. All the soils in the
Project area are free from the physical and chemical hazards.
4.1.4 Seismology
Horizontal and vertical seismic forces transmitted to the support structures by
the ground during earthquake may cause extremely high mechanical stresses
to all grid station components. Seismic adaptation of grid stations is primarily
related to the appropriate design of support structures and connections
between the units. The numerous design measures include stiffening of steel
structures, installation of damping elements, increase of cantilever, strength of
support insulators and selection of suitable type of connections between the
units. Whenever possible an earthquake proof design should be made so that
little or no intensification of the basic accelerations associated with the
frequency spectrum of the seismic disturbances may be expected.
4-3

TrPoect 'Environnwnt
4.1.5 Climate
* Varying climatic conditions and other environmental issues must be
considered for the design and execution of a Project. The climate as an
influencing factor affecting the performance of electrical equipment are
the mean physical and chemical conditions of the atmosphere in the
open air or in rooms including daily and seasonal changes. Major
climatic components are air, temperature and humidity. However to
determine the overall effect of climatic stresses, daily and seasonal
temperature changes, site altitude, direct solar radiation, precipitation
and thunderstorms must be considered.
* The climate of Lahore area is classified as Sub-humid Subtropical
Continental. The mean annual rainfall is 693 mm, most of which falls
during late summer (monsoon) season. The mean summer and winter
temperatures are 31.80C and 14.70C respectively and the mean annual.
Mean minimum temperatures are 30.80C and 18.40C respectively. The
mean annual pan evaporation is 1,182 mm.
* In arid zones sudden changes in temperature take place when a hot land
wind is replaced by cold sea wind or during a thunderstorm. These
exceptionally great changes in temperature within a short period of time
may affect equipment efficiency greatly.
* The wind as a climatic element has a number of effects, such as on the
design of the frame structures for equipment, suspensions and
transmission line between an equipment and the air surrounding it. In
many places moisture, dust and salts are carried by the wind into the
equipment environment where they may detrimentally affect the
operating conditions.
* Atmospheric pressure decreases with increasing altitude at the rate of
about 10 mbar per 100 m. This pressure decline affects the insulation
strength of air gaps and corona losses on conductors and connections
negatively.
* The monthly variations of rainfall, temperatures, evaporation, relative
humidity and wind speed for the period from 1973 to 2002 of Lahore are
given in Table 4.2.
4-4

Project
{Environment
Table 4.2
Historical Data on Climatic Elements of Lahore (1973-2002)
Parameters
Monthly means
Annual
Parameters Jan Feb March April May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Precipitation (mm) 22.8 29.5 39.0 21.5 21.6 54.0 217.0 191.0 65.9 14.5 6.2 10.0 693.0
No of rainy 4.6 5.3 7.6 6.3 5.7 6.3 13.3 12.4 6.5 2.0 1.6 2.9 75.0
days(>0.0 mm)
___
_ _ ___
Mean maximum 19.5 22.2 26.9 34.1 39.0 39.7 35.7 34.9 34.9 32.8 27.7 22.0 30.8
temperatures (0C)
I
temperatures (mC) 6.9 9.6 14.3 20.1 24.7 27.1 26.9 26.6 24.7 18.8 12.6 8.0 18.4
temperatures (C) 13.2 15.9 20.6 27.1 31.9 33.4 31.3 30.8 29.8 25.8 20.2 15.0 24.6
Highest maximum 27.0 31.0 35.3 44.0 47.4 47.1 45.0 41.0 40.5 38.6 34.0 30.0 47.4
Lowest minimum 2.0 1.0 5.0 10.3 14.0 18.0 20.0 19.0 18.0 12.0 5.0 1.7 1.0
Relative Humidity 49.0 42.4 38.9 27.6 23.8 32.6 57.2 61.7 51.5 41.8 47.4 53.0 43.9
Wind speed 1.3 2.5 3.2 3.3 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.2 1.9 0.9 0.5 0.5 2.0
(Knots)
Pan* evaporation 39 49 85 122 150 163 150 130 114 86 54 40 1182
(m m )
I__ _ _ _ _ _ _ I_I
I_I I_
*Average of 30 years (1931-1960)
Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department, Karachi.
* Seasons
Based on climatic elements including temperature, precipitation, humidity
and evaporation, five seasons are recognized in the Project area.
o Pre-monsoon Season
Pre-monsoon refers to the period from April to June prior to the
setting in of the monsoon. This is the hottest and the driest season,
with persistent dry and hot winds. Day time temperature rises to 39.70
C. Rains are rare and high Potential Evapotranspiration (PET) values
of 163 mm preclude plants re-growth. The flows in the river begin to
rise simultaneously due to snow-melt water in the high mountains.
o Monsoon Season
Monsoon is the main rainy period, which starts at the beginning of
July, reaches its climax in August and gradually, subsides in
September. The cool monsoon winds followed by heavy showers
lower the temperature to great extent. PET remains the highest, which
seemingly nullifies the effectiveness of rains towards plant growth.
The part of rain percolates into the soil and is conserved in the subsoil
and part adds to the groundwater. The conserved moisture in the soils
is generally sufficient to rejuvenate the vegetation. All plants grow
rapidly and mature towards the end of the season. With the start of
monsoon season the rivers flow at their peak level. The groundwater
level is improved toward the end of the season in September and
October.
4-5

_Pronect Environment
O Post-monsoon Season
Post monsoon season refers to autumn (October-November). The
temperature starts decreasing but the extreme aridity prevents plants
to flower early and set seed toward mid-seasons. Ground water level
in this season rises maximally.
o Winter Season
Winter refers to the period from December to January. The lowest
temperature of 1.7C and cold winds characterize this season. The
plants become dormant and most of them dry out. Most of the trees
shed their leaves and few remain green or partly green. Sometimes
this season becomes severe due to cold Siberian winds. Groundwater
level declines in this season due to low flows in the rivers and no or
little rains.
o Spring Season
Spring refers to the period from February to March. Temperatures
become pleasant. The mean maximum temperature is 26.90C with the
highest evaporation of 85 mm and relative humidity of 42.4 percent.
Some light showers of rain may also fall without generating run off.
The vegetation sprouts again because of conserved moisture from the
winter and spring rains, if any.
4.1.6 Surface Water
The Project area is drained by the River Ravi which flows left of Lahore city.
Consequent upon IBT, 1960 with India, the control of water flow of the River
Ravi shifted to India. Since then the River Ravi in Pakistan has become a
storm water cum waste water drain. The storm water and sewage drain into
River Ravi making it a deluge of sewage and industrial effluent particularly in
low flow season (winter). Saggian outfall drain and Gulberg-l and Gulberg-ll
drains passing by Saggian Grid Station and Gulberg Grid Station (Fig 1)
respectively carry sewage of Lahore city and its suburbs and empty
themselves into the River Ravi. The data presented in Table 4.3 reveals that
the quality of drain water at Saggian disposal station Lahore far exceeds the
NEQS limits and as such it is harmful for agricultural and drinking purposes.
Moreover, these drains emit foul Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) like smell
particularly in dry seasons.
4-6

Prnect
fEnzironment
Table 4.3
Quality of Sewage Water at Saggian Disposal Station, Lahore
Sr. No.
Parameters
| Unit NEQS Limits Concentration
Method
A. Field Analysis
1 pH value
...... 6 to 9
7.5
pH meter
2 Dissolved Oxygen
mg/l
NS
7.76
Digital DO meter
B. Lab. Analysis
3 BOD5
mg/l
80
224.0
BOD Trak
4 COD
mg/I
150
381.0
Spectrophotometer
5 Total Suspended Solids mg/I
150
205.0
Filtration
6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l
3500
548.0
Evaporation
7 Grease and Oil
mg/l
10
3.0
Spectrophotometer
8 Chloride
mg/I
1000
160.0
Digital Titrator
9 Sulphate
mg/I
600
60.0
Spectrophotometer
10 Ammonia
mg/I
40
19.30
Spectrophotometer
11 Chromium
mg/I
1.0
0.03
Spectrophotometer
12 Copper
mg/I
1.0
0.13
Spectrophotometer
13 Lead
mg/I
0.5
< 50 ug/1 Atomic Absorption
14 Nickel
mg/l
1.0
0.030 Atomic Absorption
15 Arsenic
mg/l
1.0
0.050 Atomic Absorption
16 Sodium
mg/I
NS
134.0
Flamephotometer
17 Nitrate
mg/I
NS
2.1
Spectrophotometer
18 Iron
mg/I
8.0
0.41
Spectrophotometer
19 Phosphate
mg/l
NS
7.60
Spectrophotometer
Source: Environmental Concerns of the Four Provinces of Pakistan Report - year 2005.
4-7

Exhibit 9
Storm Water and Sewage Drains, Gulberg, Lahore
Lawrence
F C GE
Ra Cours4 -8Mian Mir
Fazlia =
4 '' Fatahabad
,Colony
/xPTopose
d d
|Shah
t Ja
ub o
4 -8
nPiect Environment
CY)
IAHORE DISTRICT GROUNDWATER QUALITY
IGE-1
0
843000
C.)
INDIA
m
0
0
-'
rn
00
8330000
0
-0
0~~~~~ ---4 W --|zFEH10
x
Co0
81 3000
-- _
10
803000
80300 K ~ "'LEGEND
-~ ~ GROUNDWATER QUALITY
DISSOLVED SOLIDS IN mg/I
79300-------------EJFRESH < 000
CD
lBRACKISH > 1000-2000
C
CD
CD
CD
C)
SALINE > 2000
CO
co
CoD
co:
co
co
CoD
CO
co
CoD
Co
CO
Co
co
CO
SOURCE: Punjab Private Sector
Groundwater Development Project
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006.07

rPrect Environment
4.1.7 Ground Water
* Lahore district makes a part of the Indus plain which is underlain by a
thick alluvial complex deposited by the ancestral River Indus and its
tributaries in a subsiding tectonic depression lying between the Himalayas
and the contiguous ranges and plateaus. The bulk of the alluvium consists
of mainly fine to medium sand, silt and clay. The alluvial complex contains
a vast regional porous aquifer system which extends from a few hundred
m or more virtually throughout the Indus plain.
* The alluvial deposits occur chiefly in irregularly shaped tabular bodies of
sand interbedded with lenticular layers of silt and clay. It is found that
lenses of silt, clay and silt sand compose about 25 to 35 percent of the
entire bulk of the alluvial complex. These fine grained deposits of low
permeability are discontinuous so that beds of sand constituting the
remaining 65 to 75 percent of the alluvium serve as a single unified highly
transmassive aquifer.
* These sediments are highly transmissive and are being tapped by more
than 700,000 public and private tube wells with discharge capacities of
0.5 to 4.0 cusecs in Punjab. The depth to deep ground water in Lahore
area is below 100 m whereas shallow ground water is reported to occur
between 50 - 70 m.
* The quality of deep ground water in the major part of Lahore district is
fresh with less than 1000 mg/I total dissolved solids (TDS) whereas in
small areas it is brackish with 1000-2000 mg/l TDS. No saline water
containing TDS above 2000 mg/l is known to occur in Lahore district as
shown in Exhibit 10 Table 4.4 presents the quality of ground water
indicating that the water is suitable for agricultural and drinking purpose.
Drinking water quality standards of World Health Organization (WHO) are
given in Table 4.5.
4-1 0

Project Environment
Table 4.4
Quality of Ground Water in Lahore Area
WHO Guidelines
- Clear Unobjectionable Unobjectionable 1000 5
250 1.5
0.0
TDS Turbidity Chloride Fluoride Conductivity Coliform
Sr.No. Location Source ph Color
Odor
Taste
mg/l *NTU mg/l ppm (un/cm)
1-Liberty Park Tube well 7.3 Clear Unobjectionable Unobjectionable 390 0.0 25
0.236
620
0.0
2- Gulshan Ravi Tube well 7.8 do
do
do
580 1.0
35 0.19
920
0.0
3 G.T Road, Tube well 7.2 do
do
do
340 0.0
25 0.244
550
0.0
Bagbanpura
Source: District Officer Environment CDG, Lahore
*NTU Napholomteric Turbidity Unit
Not given
4-1 1

Proyect {Enrironment
Table 4.5
WHO Drinking Water Quality Standards
Sr. Element/ Symbol/Formula
Normally Found in
Health Based WHO
Guideline
No Substance
Freshwater/Su rFace
Water/Groundwater
1 Aluminum
Al
0.2 mg/l
2 Ammonia
NH4
< 0.2 mg/l (up to 0.3 mg/l in
No guideline
anaerobic waters)
3 Antimony
Sb
< 4/ig/1
0.005 mg/l
4 Arsenic
As
0.01 mg/l
5 Asbestos
No guideline
6 Barium
Ba
0.3 mg/l
7 Berillium
Be
< lpg/l
No guideline
8 Boron
B
< 1 pg/l
0.3 mg/l
9 Cadmium
Cd
< 1 ,ug/I
0.003 mg/l
10 Chloride
C3
250 mg/i
11 Chromium
Cr+, Cr+
< 2 pg/l
0.05 mg/l
12 Colour
Not mentioned
13 Copper
Cu
2 mg/l
14 Cyanide
CN
0.07 mg/l
15 Dissolved
02
No guideline
oxygen
16 Fluoride
F
< 1.5 mg/l (up to 10)
1.5 mg/I
17 Hardness
mg/l CaCO3
No guideline
18 Hydrogen
H2S
No guideline
sulphide
4-12

fProect !Environment
Table 4.5 (Continued)
19 Iron
Fe
0.5 - 50 mg/l
No guideline
20 Lead
Pb
0.01 mg/l
21 Manganese
Mn
0.05 mg/l
22 Mercury
Hg
<0.50 pg/l
0.001 mg/I
23 Molybdenum
Mb
<0.01 ,g/l
0.07 mg/l
24 Nickel
Ni
<0.02 pg/l
0.02 mg/l
25 Nitrate and
NO3, NO2
50 mg/l total nitrogen
nitrite
26 Turbidity
Not mentioned
27 pH
No guideline
28 Selenium
Se
< < 0.01 pg/l
0.01 mg/l
29 Silver
Ag
5 - 50 pg/lI
No guideline
30 Sodium
Na
< 20 mg/I
200 mg/l
31 Sulphate
So4
500 mg/I
32 Inorganic tin
Sn
No guideline
33 TDS
No guideline
34 Uranium
U
1.4 mg/I
35 Zinc
Zn
3 mg/l
Source: (WHO)
4-1 3

Project Environment
4.1.8 Ambient Air Quality
Dust, salts or gases in the air may adversely affect service life and proper
operation of installations and equipments. The sources of this type of air
pollution include cement mills, paper mills, stone crushers, asphalt plants,
brick-kilns and vehicular traffic.
Moisture in conjunction with salt polluted dust (if any) may cause severe
corrosion problems. On the other hand the electric strength of insulators may
be strongly reduced when the contamination layer is sufficiently wetted by fog,
dew or rain. When equipment is installed in closed rooms, good protection
against air pollution is provided by filtering the air and by maintaining an
overpressure in the room.
The ambient air quality recorded at Bund Road Mahmood Booti in December
2005 and January 2006 at different times in a day is given in Tables 4.6 and
4.7. Ambient air quality standards of WHO are given in Table 4.8. The air
quality data reveals that the limits are beyond the NEQS.
Table 4.6
Ambient Air Quality Data Recorded at Bund Road
Mahmood Booti (22-23 December, 2005)
Sr No. Parameter
Unit
Duration Concentration
1
Nitrogen
Ppm
24 Hours
ND
Dioxide (NO2)
2
Sulfur Dioxide Ppm
24 Hours
0.17
_ _ _ _ _SO 2)
I__ _ _ _
3
PM loUgm
24 Hours 1 1286
Remarks:
Detection Limit:
ND:
Not Detected
CO: 1ppm
ppm:
parts per million
S02: 0.01 ppm
Ug/m3: micrograms per cubic meter N02:0.01 ppm
4-14

Project Environment
Table 4.7
Ambient Air Quality Recorded at Bund Road Mahmood Booti
(22-23 January, 2006)
Sr. No.
Date
Time (Hours) CO (ppm)
1
22-01-2006
13:00
4
2
22-01-2006
14:00
4
3
22-01-2006
15:00
5
4
22-01-2006
16:00
4
5
22-01-2006
17:00
4
6
22-01-2006
18:00
5
7
22-01-2006
19:00
5
8
22-01-2006
20:00
7
9
22-01-2006
21:00
5
10
22-01-2006
22:00
3
11
22-01-2006
23:00
2
12
23-01-2006
0:00
2
13
23-01-2006
1:00
1
14
23-01-2006
2:00
1
15
23-01-2006
3:00
1
16
23-01-2006
4:00
ND
17
23-01-2006
5:00
ND
18
23-01-2006
6:00
1
19
23-01-2006
7:00
ND
20
23-01-2006
8:00
1
21
23-01-2006
9:00
2
22
23-01-2006
10:00
4
23
23-01-2006
11:00
4
24
23-01-2006
12:00
3
24 Hours Average
2.79
Table 4.8
WHO Ambient Air Quality Standards
Sr. Pollutant Maximum Allowable Units Averaging
No
Limit
Time
1 CO
35
ppm
1 hour
2 NOx
106
ppb
1 hour
3 SO2
134
ppb
1 hour
4 PM10
70
'"gim
24 hour
Source: (WHO)
4.1.9 Noise level
Of the five grid station sites, the Saggian grid station site is located in a
thicky populated, congested and noisy area at the junction of outfall
road, Bund road where vehicular traffic including buses, trucks, tractors
and rickshaws ply for 24 hours creating noise. The noise level
measured is presented in Table 4.9 relates to the close vicinity of
Saggian grid station site where it is already touching the critical limits.
4-15

roject Environment
Table 4.10 relates to Mahmood Booti Bund road area which is distantly
located from the Saggian site. The noise level in this area is rated as
moderate.
Gulberg grid station is located in posh area, whereas DHA / Barki,
State Life Housing Society / Inayatpura and Moninpura sites are
located in the open outskirt areas of Lahore where sources of noise are
few and these are therefore least noisy areas.
Table 4.9
Noise Levels Recorded in the Vicinity of Saggian Grid Station Site
(16 December, 2005)
Sr
Average
NSor
Time (Hours)
Location
Reading
No.
d B(A)
1
12:30 PM
Saggian Chowk
78
2
12:50PM
Saggian Chowk
80
3
13:00 PM
PSO Petrol Pump
77
4
13:20 PM
Sh. Abdul Qadir Jilani Road 68
5
13:40 PM
Sh. Abdul Qadir Jilani Road 70
(Towards Saggian Bridge)
Table 4.10
Noise Levels Recorded at Bund Road Mahmood Booti
(22-23 January, 2006)
Sr No.
Date
Time (Hours) Average
1
22-01-2006
13:00
70
2
22-01-2006
14:00
67
3
22-01-2006
15:00
70
4
22-01-2006
16:00
72
5
22-01-2006
17:00
74
6
22-01 -2006
18:00
69
7
22-01-2006
19:00
68
8
22-01 -2006
20:00
58
9
22-01-2006
21:00
65
10
22-01-2006
22:00
63
11
22-01-2006
23:00
72
12
23-01-2006
0:00
68
13
23-01-2006
1:00
65
14
23-01-2006
2:00
65
15
23-01-2006
3:00
64
16
23-01-2006
4:00
69
17
23-01-2006
5:00
67
18
23-01-2006
6:00
75
19
23-01-2006
7:00
76
20
23-01 -2006
8:00
71
4- 16

_Pnoect Environnent
21
23-01-2006
9:00
72
22
23-01-2006
10:00
76
23
23-01-2006
11:00
71
24
23-01-2006
12:00
70
4.2 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
4.2.1 Flora/Natural Vegetation
* Phytogeographically natural vegetation of the Lahore area belongs to
Saharo-Sindhian Province of the Sudanian region. The genera are
essentially tropical and are adapted to the rhythm of long summer days
and a rainy season and short winter days with a dry season. The
vegetation typically consists of xerophytes which are adapted to the
extreme seasonal temperature and moisture changes and to a wide
variety of edaphic conditions. The principle adaptation is however to the
scarcity of moisture. All the species are self-generating and selfmaintaining under normal use.
* Based on climate, Seth and Champion (1963) classified the vegetation of
the Indus plains as desert thorn forest. This is an open low forest in which
thorny hard-wooded species predominate, Acacia spp. being particularly
characteristic. The dominant climax vegetation consists of Salvadora
oleoides (Khabbar) and Prosopis cineraria (Kandi), supplemented with
Tamarix aphylla (Farash) and Capparis decidua (Karir). The shrub genera
include Zizyphus, Calotropis, Suaeda, Salsola and Haloxylon. Common
grass genera are Aristida, Eleusine, Panicuum, Cenchrus, Lasiurus and
Desmostachya.
* The forests before canal colonization represented a highly specialized
ecosystem adapted to a harsh climate and still enabling a high level of
diversity. They provided habitat to the thriving wildlife populations
including ring dove, black pigeon, green pigeon, quails, and other game
birds including the Houbara bustard and partridges. Among the mammals
chinkara deer, nilgae, black buck, hog deer, hare, squirrel, porcupine and
different rodent species were important. The dense cover of these forests
provided effective cover from enemies and the tall grasses such as
Saccharum munja (Kana) and thickets of Salvadora oleoides and
Capparis decidua provided nesting sites for birds. Of the carnivores that
lived in these forests, carols, buzards, eagles, civets, hyenas, lynxes,
wolves, jackals and foxes were once common. The disappearance or
endangered status of many of these species corresponded directly with
the destruction of the habitat.
* With the development of canal irrigation system in the Indus Plains the
original vegetation has now been completely eliminated and largely
replaced by Acacia nilotica, Dalbergia sissoo and Eucalyptus
camaldulensis. Currently the groves of the original vegetation are seen in
graveyards and shrines or as isolated specimen here and there.
4-17

Proect Enzronment
4.2.2 Reserved Forests / National Parks
The Project area is now highly urbanized and industrialized and as such lacks
reserved forests, national parks or game sanctuaries. However, man-created
plantations comprising of ornamental and shade species are common every
where in these areas.
4.2.3 Fauna/Wildlife
Historically the Project area was once typified by desert thorn forest that has
now been cleared by urbanization. Secondary plantations have been
developed which provide habitat to certain bird species that have adapted to
the changed environment.
* Birds
The bird communities found in the area include a variety of residential
birds, such as house crow (Coruus splendens), common mynah
(Acridotheres tristis), red-vented bulbul (Pycnonotus cafer), ringdove
(Streptopelia decaocto) and pigeon (Columba livia). The less urbanized
areas host less common local or migrant species of bee-eaters,
woodpeckers, parakeets, warblers and thrushes. Waterfowls are not found
in the Project area as there is no water body found in area.
* Mammals
The terrestrial mammals including jackal, boar, fox, hare and hog deer,
which were once found in the area have now completely vanished from the
scene. The only mammals seen in the area are domesticated animals,
such as buffaloes, cattle, sheep, goats, camels, donkeys, dogs, cats etc.
* Reptiles
The snakes are rarely found in the area. Lizards of different kinds are seen
in areas with no human activities. Scorpions are also found in areas, which
are characteristically sandy in nature.
4.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
Before initiating the data collection for the study, a reconnaissance level
screening was carried out within the tentatively provided ROW of 132 kV
transmission lines and grid station sites to have an initial account of the
potential social problems relating to the project and to identify the potential
stakeholders. Consultations with the communities were made to identify the
social issues attached with the project and the perception of the people about
the Project. This initial assessment was used as feed back for the planning
and design of following data collection activities.
* A census survey to document the number and assets of the project
affected persons settled or carrying out business within the ROW of
proposed transmission lines and the grid station sites.
4-18

SPrnect qEnvironment
* A socioeconomic baseline survey to develop an overall socioeconomic
profile of the people residing within 50 meters on both sides of the
ROW of transmission lines. For grid stations, this survey was made
within a radius of 50 meters.
4.3.1 Approach and Methodology
The following methodology was adopted to carry out field surveys and to
document the results.
4.3.2 Determination of Number of Project Affected Persons (PAPs)
In order to determine the number of PAPs, a detailed survey of the proposed
grid station sites and the ROW of transmission lines was made. In case of grid
stations, the actual boundaries of the proposed sites were considered while
the ROW of transmission lines was taken as 12 m (6 m from the center line of
the transmission line, on both sides). The number of project affected persons
from the 5 proposed grid station sites and the ROW of transmission lines were
determined as 22 (for details refer Table 4.1 1).
4.3.3 Census of Project Affected Persons (PAPs)
A 100 percent census of these affected persons was carried out. The purpose
of census was to register the number and status of PAPs, likely to be
physically displaced; and document the land & other assets to be affected as
a result of the project; and, therefore, entitled to compensation. Project
affected persons were identified as land owners, squatters-encroachers and
owners farm operators. The following features of the PAPs were addressed in
the census.
Number of family members
Nature of business/occupation
Type and value of structures/assets owned
Ownership documentation, if any
Annual income
Vulnerable groups
Type of standing crops, trees and their value.
The 24th Day of April 2006 was taken as the cut-off date for entitlements
under the project to determine the eligibility for compensation. People moving
into the RoW after this date will not be considered as entitled to any
compensation. Census data was collected through individual interviews of the
PAPs with the help of a structured questionnaire (Appendix-4).
4.3.4 Socioeconomic Survey
* Objectives and Justification
The underlying objective of the survey was to have an overall assessment
of the socioeconomic profile of the people of area, their level of
4-19

Project 'EnVironment
dependence on electricity and their vulnerability status. This survey also
portrays the socioeconomic profile of the PAPs, indirectly, as it has been
conducted from the areas of impact of grid station sites and transmission
line routes. The survey focused the socioeconomic features of the study
sample, such as demographic characteristics, education and literacy
rates, nature of business/occupation, income, expenditure patterns,
access to social amenities, possession of electronics & other household
items dependent on electricity, conflict resolution mechanism and women
role in socioeconomic activities. The data were collected through personal
interviews by using a comprehensive questionnaire (Appendix-5). A team
of professionals comprising sociologists and economist carried out field
data collection task.
* Study Design
The area of impact was taken as 50 m from the center of transmission line
and for grid station, a radius of 50 m was taken to determine the study
universe. The area of impact of different grid station sites and
transmission lines had varied socioeconomic characteristics. Team
moved to these sites to collect data regarding their socioeconomic culture
and extent of their dependence on electricity. A counting of the houses/
other structures was made within this area of impact in terms of number of
households. A total of 319 houses were determined from the area of
impact of all the grid stations and the connecting transmission lines
routes.
* Determination of Sample Size
The selection of sample size for a study depends upon three components,
(i) the parameter to be estimated, (ii) the confidence level and (iii) the
desired degree of accuracy or margin of errors. For instance, we are
considering a 45% rate of population participation in the proposed project
study, with a confidence level of 95% and 10% precision or margin of
errors. Following equation was used to determine sample size;
n = 62* p(100-p)
x2
Here, 6= Standard Deviation
p= % of participation of population
x= precision of margin of errors.
Solving,
n = (1.29)2 * 45% (100-45)
(1 0%)2
n = 41.18 Rounded to 41 household in areas of impact of grid stations
and transmission lines be drawn.
* Study Sample
The sample for the socioeconomic survey was taken as 15 percent (i.e. 49
households) on overall basis. The areas of impact of different grid station
sites had varied type of socioeconomic characteristics. Keeping in view
these characteristics, a 15 percent study sample instead of 13 percent as

determined above, on overall basis was drawn by applying stratified
4-20

_Proect Environment
sampling technique. The percentage varied among different grid station
site depending upon the total number of households. The sample of the
study was drawn by taking into consideration all the categories falling with
the study areas, such as labours, businessmen, servants, minorities, etc.
None of the female-headed household was found from the sample of the
study. The number of respondents from each grid station site is given in
Table.4.1 1.
Table 4.11
Sample for Socio-economic Survey
Sr. Name of Grid Total Number of Selected No. of
No
Station
Households
Households
1 Mominpura
40
7
2 Gulberg
35
7
3 Saggian / Out Fall
55
7
Road
4 lnayatpura / State life 102
14
5 Barki
87
14
Total
319
49
4.3.5 Findings of the Census Survey of the PAPs
* Number of Affected Households
The number of households in the study areas, whose source of livelihood I
income will be affected in terms of Bank's safeguard OP-4.12 comes to 22
as depicted in Table - 4.12. The details are provided in Annexure-1.
Table 4.12
Number of Affected Persons
Sr.No. Name of Site No. of Affected
Type of Asset
Persons
Mominpura
15
Agricultural Land
2 lnayatpura
4
Agricultural Land
3 Barki
3
Kiosks
Total
22
Source: Findings of Census survey of PAPs by the Consultants, April 2006
4 -21

Project Environment
* Population of the Project Affectees
The total population attached with the project affectees comes to about
161 persons with 53 percent males and 47 percent females. The average
household size works out to be 7. The population from lnaytpura and Barki
sites has been collected through personal interviews with the project
affected persons whereas the population of Mominpura site has been
estimated from the Population Census, 1998, by using the average
household size of mouza Handu Gujjar, District Lahore, in which the
proposed piece of land is situated.
* Assets of the PAPs to be Affected
Data in respect of the assets of the project-affected persons to be affected
with the implementation of 6th STG works (2006-07 to be financed by
World Bank) is exhibited in Table 4.13. Details about project affected
persons and assets / infrastructure are provided in Annexure 1.
4 -22

MProject
SEnzvronment
Table 4.13
Assets of the PAPs
Name of PAP
Name of
Land (Kanals)
Fruit Other Structure
Site
Trees Trees
Total Area of Land to
Crops
be
to be AffectAffect- ed
ed Perman
Tempor ently
arily
1. M.llyas Anjum
Inayatpura 8
5
0
0
10
2. Mamman Khan
Inayatpura 12
5
0
0
8
3. Shoukat Ali Bhatti
Inayatpura 24
8
0.25
0
12
4. Mohammad Amin
Inayatpura 36
6
0
63
8
1. Mohammad Bashir
Barki T/L - Wooden
Kiosk
2. Faqir Hussain
Barki T/L Katcha Shed
3. Mohammad Munir
Barki T/L -Wooden
Kiosk
-Brick
Plafform
1. Meraj Bibi W/o Ahmed Mominpura
Din MYe So m Mmp
2. M. Yaseen S/o Ahmed
MominpuraDin
3. M. Ali S/o Ahmed Din Mominpura
4. Mijidan Bibi D/o Ahmed Mominpura =
=
Din
5. Faizan Bibi D/o Ahmed Mominpura
Din Soaiae
Mmnu
6. Ibrahim S/o Nabi Bakesh Mominpura7. Safi S/o Nabi Bakesh Mominpura
8. Yaboob S/o Nabi Bakesh Mominpura
41.65
9. Ishaq S/o Nabi Bakesh Mominpura
10. Majidan W/o Ismail
Mominpura
11. M. Younis S/o Ismail
Mominpura
12. M. Mushtiaq S/o Ismail Mominpura
13. M.lshtiaq S/o Ismail
Mominpura
14. Abdul Ghafoor S/o Gama Mominpura
15. M. Hussian
S/o Allah Mominpura
Total
24
41.90 63
38
Source: i) Census Survey of the PAPs by the Consultants, April 2006
ii) Revenue Records

4-23

roject {Environment
* Income of the PAPs to be Affected
The effects on the income and sources of livelihood of the PAPs as a result
of project implementation are discussed hereunder.
o Mominpura Grid Station Site
The proposed piece of land for this grid station, measuring about 41.65
kanals is owned by 15 private owners, according to the revenue
records (refer Annexure-1). Presently, the major part of the land is lying
uncultivated with scattered cultivation of fodder in small patches. The
reason to this phenomenon as explained by the stakeholders during
discussions was that firstly, as the land is jointly owned by a group
many owners with their individual share in "kanals" (1/8th of an acre) or
"marlas" (1/20th of a kanal), the cultivation of small pieces of land had
already become uneconomical for the owners and earnings insufficient
to meet their needs. So, they adopted other professions for their
livelihood and started ignoring their small pieces of land for cultivation.
Hence, the owners are generating no regular income from this piece of
land. Secondly, being situated on the main G.T. Road, the land has
become commercial in nature and a good deal of economic activity in
terms of general business and steel furnaces is taking place in this
area. Negotiations between LESCO and the owners of the land are
under way to purchase this piece of land from the owners at negotiated
willing-buyer willing-seller market prices. However, the seller has an
option to refuse to sell the land. This land will be procured as per
provisions of the Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF).
o Inayatpura Grid Station Site
The piece of land measuring about 33.15 kanals, for the proposed grid
station, has been offered to LESCO by the State Life Housing Society
for constructing the grid station. This piece of land is in the form of an
open plot. Hence, the acquisition of this site will not affect the income
or source of livelihood of any person. However, its connecting
transmission line is about 7.5 km long and a small portion (about 500 m
in length) will be passing through privately owned lands. These lands
are owned by 4 owners. They cultivate fodder on these lands and one
has grown orchards trees of different types in addition to fodder crop
cultivation. They will be suffering temporary loss in the form of crop
damages during the construction phase. About 63 fruit trees will need
permanent cutting for the clearance of the ROW of transmission line
passing from these lands. The owner will suffer the one season income
from these trees, as well. The loss to be borne by the each project
affected person is provided in Table 4.14.
4-24

Pryect 2Environment
Table 4.14
Income Loss from Fodder Crop and Fruit Trees During
Construction along lnayatpura Grid Station Transmission Line
Name of the Affected Crop
Loss for One Time
PAP
Land
Damages
One Crop Loss
(Kanals) Loss
Season From
(Rs.IAnnum)
Affected
Fruit
Trees
M. Ilyas Anjum 5
42,500 21,250
Mamman Khan
5
42,500 21,250
Shoukat Ai
8
68,000 34,000
BhattiI
Mohammad
6
51,000 25,500 86,400
A m in
_ _ __ _ __ _ __ __ _
Total
24
204,000 102,000 86,400
(These figures are based on the prevailing annual rental income from
fodder crops as Rs.8500/- per kanal in the area, (Rs.3500/- for Kharif
Fodder and Rs.5,000/- for Rabi fodder), as revealed by the owners and
verified from the market. Annual income per fruit bearing tree in case of
mango and Jaman was Rs.1700 and 1250, respectively, while for other
fruit trees, the income per tree per annum was reported by the owners
as Rs.1000 per tree).
O Barki Grid Station
The piece of land measuring about 32.00 kanals, has been offered to
LESCO by the Defence Housing Authority (DHA), Lahore for the
proposed 132 KV Barki Grid Station. Thus, the acquisition of this site
has no social problems. This site is situated in the Phase-VI of DHA.
This grid station will be connected through the existing Kot LakhpatGhazi Transmission Line passing at the main Barki Road at a distance
of about 8 km. The ROW of this transmission line will pass through the
government land along the Barki Road. Three squatters' encroachers
are earning their livelihood within the proposed ROW of this
transmission line. The type of business and income from these sources
of livelihood, as stated by the PAPs is provided as under.
Name
Type of Business Monthly Income (Rs.)
Mohammad Munir
Food Items
12,000
Mohammad Bashir Seasonal Drinks
9000
Faqir Hussain
Hair Dresser
5000
4-25

MProect
{Enzronment
The above data indicates that about 42 kanals of land will need acquiring by
the LESCO on permanent basis. About 24 kanals will be affected in terms of
loss to standing fodder crop during construction stage of transmission line of
Inayatpura grid station. The structures of 3 squatter encroachers, earning their
livelihood along the Barki grid station transmission line will remain intact. They
will suffer income loss only for a period when the stringing activities are
carried out.
4.3.6 Buildings / Structures of Cultural or Religious Significance
No building or structure of cultural or religious significance such as school,
mosque, shrines, graveyard etc. fall in the ROW of transmission lines or grid
station sites.
4.3.7 Findings of the Socioeconomic Baseline Survey
As explained in Section 4.3.4, a sample of 49 households was selected for
socioeconomic study. The findings of the survey are presented in the
foregoing paragraphs.
Demographic Profile of the Respondents
o Population
The total population of the study sample is provided in Table. 4.15.
Table 4.15
Population of the Respondents
Grid
Adults Below 12 Years Total M/F Av.Household
Station Male Female Male Female
Ratio
Size
Saggian 13
11 9 4
37 1.18
5.29
Mominpura 28
28 18 23 97 1.00
13.86
Gulberg 19
15 13 15 62 1.26
8.85
Inayatpura 65
62 30 16 173 1.05
12.36
Barki
51
39 32 19 141 1.31
10.07
Total
176 155 102 77 510 1.13
10.40
Source: Socioeconomic Survey of the Proposed Grid Station Sites by the
Consultants, April 2006
o Literacy Ratio
Information about literacy rate depicts the literacy level of the
respondents only, which is shown in Table 4.16.
4-26

Prject
Enzironment
Table 4.16
Literacy Rate of the Respondents (Percent %)
Grid Station Primary Middle Matric F.A.
B.A.
Overall
G(%) (%) (%)
()
(%)
(%)
Saggian
0
29
14
0
0
43
Mominpura 14
0
28
0
14
56
Gulberg
0
14
29
14
0
57
Inayatpura 7
21
21
7
0
56
Barki
14
7
14
14
0
49
Source: Socioeconomic Survey of the Proposed Grid Station Sites by the
Consultants, April 2006
o Annual and Per Capita Income
Table 4.17 provides the income details of the respondents.
Table 4.17
Income of the Sample Population
Average Household Average Per capita Income
Income
Sr. Grid
No Station Annual
Per Annual Per Per Day
(Rs.) Month (Rs.) Month
(Rs.)
(Rs.)
(Rs.)
1. Saggian 179314 14943 33924 2827
92.94
2. Mominpur 631428 52619 47021 3918
128.83
a
3. Gulberg 269143 22429 30387 2532
83.25
4. Inayatpura 193029 16086 15621 1302 42.80
5. Barki
159529 13294 15840 1320 43.40
Overall
286488 23874 25758 2147
71.55
Source: Computed from the Socioeconomic Survey Data, April 2006.
The above figures reveal an average annual income per household as
Rs.286,488/- of the sample population, on overall basis. The overall
per capita income works out as Rs.25,758/-, which comes to Rs.2147 /per month against the officially notified poverty line of Rs.878.64 per
capita per month, (Pakistan Economic Survey 2005-2006). The
analysis concludes that the sample population is living above the
official poverty line.
o Household Expenditure Patterns
Detailed information was gathered during baseline survey about the
household expenditure patterns. It was concluded that on overall basis,
4-27

Proect
Environment
the respondents spent about 2/3rd of their income to meet with daily
household needs. Details of household expense of the sample
population from different grid station sites are provided in Table 4.18.
The details relating to income and expenditure patterns of the
individual respondents are furnished in Annexure-6.
Table 4.18
Household Expenditure Pattern
Food Items Non- Food Items Utilities
Total
Sr Grid Rs./ % of Rs./ % of RsJ % of Rs./ % of
No Station Annum total Annum total Annum total Annum total
Income
Income
Income
Income
1. Saggian 84154 61 41426 30 14177 9 139757 78
2. Mominpura 159189 25 151399 24 63857 10 374445 59
3. Gulberg 108369 40 69922 25 34391 13 212662 79
4. Inayatpura 47503 25 45801 24 11957 8 105261 55
5. Barki
34324 22 33141 21 32143 20 99609 62
6 Overall 86708 29 68338 24 31301 11 186347 64
Source: Computed from the Socioeconomic Survey Data
Socio-economic profile
The socioeconomic profile of the respondents has been studied by taking
into consideration the following parameters.
o Nature of Business / Occupation
The findings of the socioeconomic baseline survey relating to the
nature of business/occupation of the respondents from different grid
station sites under study are listed in Table 4.19.
4-28

PT?ect CEnironment
Table 4.19
Nature of Business/Occupation of the Respondents (Percent)
Business/
Proposed Grid Station Site
occupation____Overal
occu pation Saggian Mominpura Gulberg Inayatpura Barki
Business
29
29
72
43
64 44
* Agriculture/Dairy 0
43
0
0
0
15
Farming
* Government
29
0
0
14
14 9
Service
_____
* Private Service 14
0
14
7
0
9
* CasualLabour
14
14
0
36
22 9
* Government
14
0
0
0
0
5
Pensioner
* Property Dealer 0
14
14
0
0
9
Total
100
100
100
100 100 100
Source: Socioeconomic Survey of the Proposed Grid Station Sites, April 2006
The overall figures reveal that private business is the major source of
livelihood of the sample respondents followed by agriculture/dairy
farming. Government service, private service, property dealership and
casual labour, as source of livelihood occupied an equal importance.
The data represents a typical behavior of an urban area where in the
central locations, people adopt business of general natures and seek
jobs in various government & private organizations; and in the suburbs
agro-based business activities are dominant. The income analysis
given in Annexure-6 relating to the business / occupation of the
respondents at various sites, is reflective of this trend.
O Possession of Electronics & Household Items
The information on the possession of electronics and other household
items, by the households was collected keeping in view their
interest/concerns on poor power supply situation and load shedding,
during the initial social screening of the project. The survey has
revealed that the daily life of the respondents at all the sites is highly
attached with the smooth availability of electricity, particularly of the
women whose dependence on washing machines, refrigerators,
electric irons, electric sewing machines, etc. is obvious from the data
collected. Any improvement in the electricity distribution system will
make positive impacts on their socio-economic behaviours with respect
to personal attitudes, economic efficiency and acceptance of
developmental activities. The data in respect of possession of
household items is provided in Annexure-7.
o Access to the Social Amenities
The information in respect of availability of social amenities such as
electricity and telephone revealed that these are available in the all
4-29

Proect {Environment
study areas. The respondents were found dissatisfied with the
provision of water supply and sewerage facilities in Saggian,
Inayatpura and Barki areas, whereas gas was not available to the
respondents in Inayatpura and Barki areas. Details in respect of
availability of social amenities in the study areas are furnished in
Annexure-8.
O Women Participation in Socioeconomic Activities
The survey has revealed that women generally contribute towards
various matters in terms of participation and decision-making. Their
main spheres of interest are the household activities, child caring and
social obligations. They also take interest in sale and purchases of
property matters. The results of the analysis, which are almost identical
in case of all the grid stations sites, are provided in Annexure-9.
O Conflict Resolution Mechanism
The people of all the grid station sites have been found peace loving
and hardworking. The respondents have reported no major dispute
from any of the sites during the past one-year. For petty conflicts
resolution, people generally involve the Nazim / Councilors of their
area, who bring the matter to the "Musalihat Committee". The
Committee, after listing both the involved, tries to reach a resolution,
acceptable to both the aggrieved. Generally the people accept the
decisions of this Committee. In rural areas, besides the local
government set-up, the impartial/ influential landlord also acts to
resolve the dispute by involving both the parties in the peace process.
His decisions are generally based on the consultation with the elders,
acceptable to both the parties.
4.3.8 Identification of stakeholders
The following categories of the people were identified as major stakeholders
as a result of broad based consultations.
* People living in the direct area of impact of gird stations and transmission
lines
* Squatters / business operators along the ROW of the proposed
transmission lines
* Owners of the private land to be purchased for the construction of
proposed grid stations
* Owners of the private land falling the ROW of the proposed transmission
lines
* Household and working women living in the areas of impact
* Students
* Government and private servants
4 -30

T'oect Enzironment
* Private housing schemes such as DHA, State Life Housing Society, etc.
* Cantonment Board and Army
* Local Government Departments
* Revenue Department officials such as Patwaris
* LESCO Officials
* WAPDA Officials
* Agriculture Department
* Forest Department
* Irrigation Department
4-31
CHAPTER
-- -l=11
L-L~
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL
ISSUES AND IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Alssessment of Thvironmenta(
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 aAe n SocitoEn Imprnac
5. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES AND IMPACT
ASSESSMENT
5.1 SCREENING
5.1.1 Requirement of Screening
The prediction and assessment is precisely aimed at identification of possible
negative and positive environmental and social impacts including
opportunities for positive impact enhancement.
Screening is the first step in ESA Study. It enables the project developers to
decide early at planning & design stage whether an ESA study will be
required or not. It involves environmental screening of the Project using
PEPA, 1997 and World Bank Guidelines. Through quick initial evaluation
considering location, size, scope, importance, sensitivity and expected
environmental and social impacts, the project is allotted an environmental
category A, B or C. Considering the above criteria, the present LESCO project
falls under category B for which a limited scale environmental and social
impact assessment is required. Concludingly screening of adverse
environmental and social issues is carried out for planning of the
environmentally and socio-economically viable mitigation measures and their
inclusion in the environmental management plan.
5.1.2 Checklist for Screening of Environmental Issues/ Impacts of the Project
Area
Based on SWOT (Strength, Weakness, Opportunity and Threat) analysis of
primary and secondary data, the screening of the likely environmental issues/
impacts due to the proposed development works was carried out using the
World Bank Environmental Assessment Guidelines (OP/BP 4.01) and
Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, 1999. Checklist of the likely impacts
at three stages of the Project was prepared and presented in Table 5.1.
Table 5.1
Checklist for Screening of Environmental Issues/ Impacts of the Project area
1. Environmental Issues due to Project Location at Pre-construction stage
1.1 Impediment to movement of wildlife/livestock/people
1.2 Encroachment into wetlands
1.3 Special area protecting biodiversity
1.4 Incidence of natural hazard
2. Environmental Issues Associated with Construction Stage
2.1 Air pollution due to movement of vehicles and machinery
5-1

Assessment
ofEnvironments
andSocwaf Impacts
2.2 Noise and vibration due to movement of heavy machinery
2.3 Deterioration of surface water quality due to sanitary wastes from workers'
camps
2.4 Disruption of traffic due to movement of heavy machinery
2.5 Sewage and solid waste disposal from field camps and work sites
2.6 Impact on land use
2.7 Short term soil erosion and silt run off due to construction activities
2.8 Pollution of surface water by dumping of construction wastes
2.9 Risk of oil spills from vehicles I machinery
3. Environmental Issues related to Project Operation Stage
3.1 Clearance of Right of Way (ROW)
3.2 Interception of aeroplanes
3.3 Impact on migratory bird flyways
3.4 Fire incidents in Grid Stations
3.5 Leakage of transformer oil
3.6 Degeneration of transformer oil
3.7 Noise from transformers
3.8 Storage of waste materials from Grid Stations
3.9 Operation and maintenance (O & M) of transmission lines and Grid Stations
3.10 Landscape and scenic values of ROW
3.11 O&M cost of power system
3.12 Improvement in voltage profile
3.13 Reliability and stability of electric supply
5.2 SCOPING / PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS
5.2.1 Scoping
If the project screening indicates that an ESA study is required, the next
important task is "Scoping". The aim of scoping is to ensure that the ESA
study addresses all key environmental and social issues of importance to the
decision makers. It involves deliberations of environmental issues with the
project stakeholders including project developers, decision makers, the
regulatory agency, concerned government and semi-government
departments, scientific institutions, local community leaders, local NGOs and
other concerned to ensure that all environmental and social issues and
concerns are discussed and key environmental and social impacts are
identified. The scoping also enables the ESA Study Team to discuss and
record views, comments and observations of the project stakeholders
regarding negative and positive projects impact and mitigation measures for
negative environmental and social impacts
5-2
Slssessment of Thvionmenta(
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 A me of iro Imnat
andSocwi Impacts
5.2.2 Involvement of Stakeholders
The involvement of local communities in the process of Project designing and
construction & operation stages is a pre-requisite of the World Bank vide its
Operational Policy (OP 4.01). Accordingly, public consultations were made at
the proposed Grid Station sites and along the routes of the transmission lines.
The objectives of these consultations were:
* Share information with stakeholders on proposed power supply
improvement works under selected 6th STG Project and expected impacts
on the socio-economic settings in the area of operations.
* Understand stakeholders' concerns regarding various aspects of the
Project including existing conditions of the power supply situation,
up-gradation requirements of the existing distribution arrangements and
likely impacts of the improved power distribution arrangements by LESCO
on their living patterns viz-a-viz their concerns about the project at various
stages of project design, construction and operation.
5.2.3 Aim and Activities of Scoping
The aim of scoping is to ensure that the ESA study addresses all key social
and environmental issues of importance. It enables the ESA Study Team to
discuss and record views, comments and observations of the project
stakeholders about project design, mitigation measurers for negative social &
environment impacts and enhancement measures to improve the positive
impacts. To achieve these objectives, the following activities were carried out
on account of public consultations.
* Consultations where made with the people of areas, where interventions
are proposed under the Project.
* Scoping sessions were held with local communities in the vicinity of the
proposed Grid Station sites and ROW of transmission lines.
* Focus group discussions were held with general electricity users, including
females, students, businessmen, service men, labourers, minorities,
officials of the housing societies, etc.
5.2.4 Information about Public Consultations
The information regarding public consultations is summarized in Table - 5.2
and the details are provided in Annexure-10.
5-3
9lssessment of Thirnmenta(
of irnttac
andSoaImpacts
Table 5.2
Summary of Public Consultations
Gi No. of
Station Date
Venue
Participants
Men Women
Consultative Meetings With General Stakeholders
Mominpura 09-03-06 Proposed Grid Station Site 8
Saggian 18-03-06 Proposed Grid Station Site 13
Gulberg 22-03-06 ltthad Market adjecant to 14
proposed Grid Station Site
Inayatpura 18-04-06 Village Leel near proposed Grid 12 Station Site
Barki
30-04-06 Village Baowala, Barki Road 10
Scoping Sessions and Focused Group Discussions
Mominpura 08-06-06 Near Social Model School, Adda - 24
Chabeel
lnayatpura 09-06-06 Village Leel, near Proposed Grid 32 5
Station Site
Saggian 10-06-06 llyas Park, Outfall Road
15
Barki
10-06-06 Village Baowala, Barki Road 14
Mominpura 11-06-06 Near Social Model School, Adda 23
Chabeel
Gulberg 12-06-06 Itthad Market adjecant to 27
Barki
12-06-06 Drughpura Adda, Barki Road 23
Gulberg 13-06-06 Ihata Bihari Lal, Canal Park, 17
Near Proposed Grid Station Site
Inayatpura 14-06-06 Millat Girls School, Badian Road 11
5.2.5 Concerns of Stakeholders
Major concerns stated by the stakeholders are listed as under:
* Specific Concerns
O The owners of land with very small land holdings (generally in kanals),
which is the only source of their livelihood, should be paid according to
prevailing market rates and not according to government rates. If the
government takes their lands at the nominal rates, they will be at the
mercy of prevailing economic situation with uncertain opportunities of
livelihood. This aspect has been taken care of in the Resettlement
Policy Framework.
O If the property/ asset or crop any person is affected due to the
construction activities, he should be compensated. Mitigation
measures for this concern of the locals has been provided in
Resettlement Policy Framework.
O If the business/ source of livelihood is affected due to construction of

grid stations or transmission lines, he should be provided with an
5-4
Slssessment of Thvironmenta(
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 AntSof
iro Imnac
andSocwfImpacts
alternate source of livelihood by the LESCO. There are only three
squatters at DHA/Barki grid station. Compensation for them has been
elaborated in Section 8.9.
O The construction of new Grid Stations should be for the benefit of the
general public and these should not be the property of the private
housing societies. This concern has been addressed in Section 6.12
and Table 7.1.
O The transmission lines should not cross over the private lands or
properties. These will follow the ROWs of the existing transmission
lines as far as possible. It is also elaborated in Section 1.10.2.
o The construction activities should not restrict the mobility of the people.
This aspect has been covered in relevant sections of chapters 6 and 7.
However, specific actions have been covered in section 7.6 and
Annexure-1 2.
General Concerns
o Due to fluctuation in power voltage, many household electric items are
burnt; like electric wiring, TV, bulb and tube lights, causing economic
loss. The construction of new grid stations will help in stabilizing the
power supplies and relieving us from these economic losses.
o Local people should be provided jobs during construction
o Due to frequent load shedding business activities are disturbed,
ultimately affecting the income levels of the people.
o The frequent and unannounced load shedding cause burning of
electronics there by making a huge economic loss to the owners on
one hand and the disturbed social life, on the other. The construction of
new Grid Stations will help to lesson these problems.
o The transformers are very few and of lower voltage capacity whereas
the load is increasing day by day, due to frequent use of electricity
driven home appliances. Due to this, the power disturbances,
particularly in the summer months increase to a terrible level.
o Poles siting should be done at proper distance from the road.
O The students are the most affected ones by load shedding, particularly
the female students. They cannot carry out their studies in the harsh
weather, thus staking their future.
o The construction of new Grid Stations is the need of the day. It will
bring a positive change in the daily life patterns of the people and
economic activities.
O Females use washing machines and electric water pumps in their daily
work. Due to load shedding and power fluctuations, they can not
complete their work timely, thus putting them under great social and
economic pressures as they use the leisure time to generate income
for the family such as sewing of clothes in their houses. When light is
off, their activities are stopped and they are stuck up.
5-5
S(ssessment of Thvironmenta(
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Ant of
iromnac
andSocidImpacts
5.3 ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
The environmental impacts projected at different stages of the Project
activities are as under.
5.3.1 Environmental Impact Assessment at Pre-construction Stage
* Impediment to Movement of Wildlife/Livestock/People
The proposed new Grid Station sites and transmission line routes are
located along the main and secondary roads in the Project area. There
are no passageways for humans and animals passing through these
sites. Therefore, Grid Station structures will not pose any impediment to
the movement of livestock and people. Wildlife is non-existent in the
Project area as all the Grid Station sites are located in urban or semiurban areas.
Conclusion: No negative impact
* Encroachment into Wetlands
No wetland exists in close vicinity of the proposed Grid Station sites and
transmission line routes. The proposed Project interventions will,
therefore, not encroach or intercept any wetland.
* Special Area Protecting Biodiversity
o All the five proposed Grid Station sites have since been cleared of
their natural vegetation for irrigated agriculture or for urbanization.
Currently only a few specimen of the natural vegetation in the form of
isolated trees or groves of trees are seen here and there. However,
Gulberg and Saggian sites support some man planted trees of
ornamental importance providing shelter, shade and aesthetics.
O The Gulberg site is used for raising nursery plants and trees. The
removal of a few trees from the site will not create problems for birds
as they may shift to the other nearby trees. At Saggian site most of
the trees are growing along the boundary wall of the proposed site
and will not be creating any hindrance in the construction of the Grid
Station and stringing of transmission line. There are few trees inside
the premises used for shade. Some of them will of course be cut for
construction of the Grid Station.
Conclusion: Minor negative impact
* Incidence of Natural Hazards
The incidence of natural hazard like earthquake is not expected in the
Project area. As a precautionary measure an earthquake proof
design could be developed so that little or no intensification of the
basic accelerations associated with the frequency spectrum of the
seismic disturbance is encountered.
5-6
aZssessment of hvnironmenta(
EnvSonmeac
andSociaf Impacts
5.3.2 Environmental Impact Assessment at Construction Stage
* Air Pollution due to Movement of Vehicles and Machinery
During the construction of Grid Station and stringing of transmission line a
few vehicles and machinery will be employed. These will generate some
dust and smoke temporarily which will stop on completion of the
construction work.
Conclusion: Minor and temporary negative impact
* Noise and Vibration due to Movement of Vehicles and Machinery
Construction stage will involve the following activities:
o Construction of Grid Station buildings, switchyard, Grid Station staff
colonies and pole foundations.
o Erection of pole towers
o Pole to pole stringing of overhead transmission lines
o Storage of construction material
o Dumping of waste materials
The trucks, tractor trolleys, concrete mixers and cranes for stringing will be
used. Neither there will be any blasting activity. Therefore, during
construction stage there will not be any unusual noise or vibration to
disturb the workers and people around. Three of the Grid Station sites
and transmission line routes including Mominpura, Barki/DHA and
lnayatpura/State Life Housing Society are located in the semi-urban areas
of Lahore which are currently thinly populated.
Conclusion: Temporary minor negative impact
* Deterioration of Surface Water Quality due to Sanitary Wastes from
Workers' Camps
No fresh water bodies are known to exist in the vicinity of Gulberg,
Mominpura and Saggian Grid Station sites. The transmission lines offshooting from 132 kV Kot Lakhpat - Ghazi Grid Station connecting Barki
and Inayatpura gird stations have been planned to traverse along the
lower edge of the ramp of the high-lying Khaira distributary. The field
camps will be setup at site where sewerage and sanitary waste
arrangement already exist from where no sanitary flows, if any, into the
high-lying Khaira distributary will be possible. Therefore, there will not be
any deterioration of surface water quality due to sanitary wastes from
workers' camps.
5-7

of Environmenta(
andSociaf Impacts
* Disruption of Traffic due to Movement of Heavy Machinery
The construction of the proposed Grid Stations and transmission lines is to
be carried out at sites located on existing main roads having an
appropriate traffic load bearing capacity. Additional movement of vehicles
and heavy machinery involved in the construction activities of the
proposed Grid Stations, and transmission lines, will not cause traffic
blocking resulting in any localized conflict relating to inconvenience in
living conditions of the people except at Saggian Grid Station.
Conclusion: Temporary moderate negative impact
* Sewage and Solid Waste Disposal from Field Camps and Work Sites
The proposed Grid Station sites and associated transmission line routes
are either located in Lahore or its suburbs, where labour force both skilled
and unskilled, will be available on daily wage basis. Therefore, there is no
need of constructing the field camps for labour at the work sites except the
stores. However, provision shall be made in the contract for the
construction of small temporary camp for 10 labourers with the
management facilities of water supply, sewerage and solid waste. Thus,
the problem of sewage and solid waste disposal will not arise during the
construction stage of the Project.
* Impact on Land Use
Most of the transmission line routes fall within the established corridors
where no agriculture is practiced. A small section of new corridor will
traverse through privately owner agricultural land in Inayatpura area. After
the construction of the transmission line the corridor would be used for
crop production as before without any restriction.
* Short-term Soil Erosion and Silt Run-off due to Construction
Activities
The proposed Grid Stations will be constructed within the limited enclosed
premises where large-scale soil excavation will not be required for the
installation of fixtures and equipments. Similarly, a circular soil pit of about
2 m circumference will be needed for pole foundation construction and
erection of tubular poles, where minor excavations will be involved. The
excavation and construction will be a short-term activity and the
cuts/ditches will be filled in with spoils in a short period of time. Thus,
these excavations will not pose much problem of soil erosion and silt run
off.
Conclusion: Temporary minor negative impact
* Pollution of Surface Water by Dumping of Construction Wastes
No open water body or pond occurs in the Project area. However, Khaire
distributary off-taking from Bambanwala Ravi Bedian (BRB) Link canal
5-8

ofEnvironmntat
anf Social Impacts
flows through part of the Project area along which the proposed
transmission line routes of Barki and Inayatpura Grid Stations are located.
The distributary flows on a higher terrace, whereas the transmission line
routes will traverse on a relatively low-lying surface along the lower edge
of the ramp. Thus, there will not be any chance of the construction wastes
to flow/dump into the distributary.
Conclusion: No negative impact anticipated.
* Risk of Oil Spills from Vehicles / Machinery
The number of vehicles and machinery to be engaged in the construction
activities will be a few as compared to normal traffic flow along the roads.
It may create only surfacial negative impact, by placing a little oil spill
which will be reversible.
Conclusion: Short term minor negative impact, reversible.
5.3.3 Environmental Impact Assessment at Project Operation Stage
* Clearance of Right of Way (ROW)
The general tendency of the people particularly in rural areas is to occupy
the ROWs of transmission lines for their business use after the
construction phase is over. In view of public safety and to facilitate the
refurbishing operations the 30m vide corridor of 132 kV transmission lines
must be kept clear of all obstructions all the time. General farm practices
within the corridors and plantation not exceeding 4.5 m height are allowed.
Similarly open wells including Persian wheel are also allowed to remain
under the transmission lines, but not the tubewells.
* Impact on Migratory Bird Flyways
The birds during migration fly at elevations between 500 and 2000 m,
whereas maximum height of the towers of the transmission lines is 20 m.
As such, the 132 kV transmission line routes will not cause any obstruction
for the flight of migratory birds. Similarly, none of the Grid Station sites
and/or transmission lines will be intercepting famous Indus Flyway (Green
Route) causing any disruption to flight of migratory birds.
* Fire Incidents in Grid Stations
o The main causes of firing in Grid Stations are overloading and short
circuiting of the systems. The fire can break out in any unit of the
integrated complex of the Grid Station and spread instantaneously
engulfing the whole complex including the switchyard and
transformers.
o The fire fighting equipment at the Grid Stations is well enough to
handle the small fires. Each unit is provided independently with an
adequate and appropriate fire fighting equipments including CO2, foam
type and sand containers. In case of big fires every Grid Station is
provided with land line and power line carrier telephones to call the
nearby fire brigade.
5-9

of Environmenta(
and Social Impacts
o In order to contain a fault or resulting fire, switches are provided in the
control room to isolate the whole Grid Station from its feeding sources.
Similar switches are also provided in the switchyard with each
equipment for isolation from the power circuit.
o In the past there have been a few fire incidents at Grid Stations in
LESCO area. In year 1998 132 kV Allama lqbal Town Grid Station
caught fire, its switch room, control room and the 20/26 MVA power
transformers in the switchyard caught fire. The fire was contained and
handled by the staff with the help of fire brigade units. Although this
Grid Station is located in a thickly populated area, no damage to
nearby property or human life occurred. Similarly, such fire incidents
have occurred at other Grid Stations like Shalimar and Kala Shah Kaku
Grid Stations but damage to the population in the vicinity of the Grid
Station has never happened. This is due to the fact, that the Grid
Stations are separated from the nearby built up areas by providing a
buffer zone and / or high walls all around the Grid Stations.
Conclusion: No significant impact
* Leakage and Seepage of Transformer Oil
O The main causes of transformer oil leakage and seepage are:
i Continuous running of transformers over long period of time,
renders the seals weak.
AI Lack of operation and maintenance (O&M)
A Poor quality sealing
I High temperature due to power overloading
o In a Grid Station the transformers are regularly monitored to ensure
that there is no seepage or leakage of oil from the transformers.
o In case the oil leaks out from the transformer in the switchyard area
which is gravel based it cannot permeate through the gravel base to
reach the earth surface.
O In case of seepage, the transformer is repaired in-situ at the Grid
Station. If there is leakage, the transformer is sent to Transformer
Reclamation Workshop at Kot Lakhpat for repair.
Conclusion: No negative impact of paraffinic base oil
* Degeneration of Transformer Oil
O The three main functional requirements of transformer oil are:
i To meet the insulation function, the oil must have high dielectric
strength and low dielectric dissipation factor to withstand the
electric stresses imposed in service.
AI To meet the heat transfer and cooling function, the oil must have
viscosity and pour point that are sufficiently low to ensure that oil
circulation is not impaired at the most extreme low temperature
conditions for the equipment.
5- 10
Assessment ofjThvironmenta(
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 AndroImnac
andSocidImpacts
I To meet the arc quenching function, the oil requires a combination
of high dielectric strength, low viscosity and high flash point to
provide sufficient insulation and cooling to ensure the arcing is
extinguished.
o The transformer oil is regularly monitored to ensure that the
constituents are within the permissible limits as recommended by the
manufactures. If the oil has degenerated both chemically and
physically it is upgraded / recycled to IEC 296 standard through
dehydration and regeneration process at Shalimar, Lahore. In case of
damage of the transformers they are brought to the WAPDA/LESCO
Transformer Reclamation Workshop located at Kot Lakhpat Lahore
where the transformers are repaired and the same oil is used after
purification, if required. In case the oil contains impurities and sludge,
then this oil is sold through auction to different parties for use
variously in preparing chemical products such as soap, but it is never
wasted.
* Noise from Transformers
If they are overloaded or the power factor is poor the power transformers
at the Grid Stations produce noise. Even than this will not exceed the
permissible noise level of 85 dB (A).
Conclusion: No significant negative impact
* Storage of Waste Materials from Grid Stations
The Grid Stations are provided with stores for storage of equipments and
damaged materials such as porcelain capacitors, wires etc. The damaged
materials are not kept for long in Grid Station stores. They are shifted to Ctype stores at Kot Lakhpat.
* Operation and Maintenance (O & M) of Transmission Lines and Grid
Stations
During the operational stage regular monitoring of the transmission lines,
foundation, steel works, conductors, shield wires, hardware and insulators
are carried out by the patrolling staff of the LESCO. In case of any fault /
breakage, it is reported immediately by the patrolling staff for O&M. The
cost of O&M is already included in the Project.
* Landscape and Scenic Values of Project Area
Corridors of the transmission lines in the Project area are routed through
green belts, service areas of the roads and distributary banks which will
slightly affect the scenic values of the area.
5- 11
Rlssessment of Thvironmenta(
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Ant
Snzdal meaf
andSocifImpacts
* Reduction in 0 & M Cost of Power System
Under the existing conditions, the electric power transmission and
distribution network is heavily overloaded particularly during the summer
season causing the power system to be unstable and unreliable. This
problem increases the 0 & M cost of the Grid Stations and transmission
lines. The construction of new Grid Stations' augmentation and extension
of the existing Grid Stations would bring an improvement in the power
transmission/distribution and increase in load bearing capacity due to
installation of new and improved structural and operational materials. Such
project activities will cause reduction in power failure and damage to the
transformers thus minimizing the 0 & M cost.
Conclusion: Major positive impact.
* Improvement in Voltage Profile
o The power equipment especially the power transformers operating
on higher loads tend to inject more reactive power in the system
than being loaded comparatively less. Consequently, due to more
reactive power flow in the system, the voltage level drops. There are
certain other factors affecting the voltage level, but the aforesaid
factor contributes in making the voltage profile poor.
o The construction of new, augmentation and extension of existing
Grid Stations will enhance load bearing capacity and capability of
power system. The improvement in voltage profile helps in proper
functioning of electronic equipment used by the consumers.
Conclusion: Major positive impact
* Reliability and Stability of Electric Supply
o The stability of the Transmission and Transformation Network (TTN)
normally relies on number of alternate sources available, faults
occurrence and trippings and a normally loaded system operating
within the permissible limits of the rated voltage.
In LESCO transmission system, it is the overloading especially in summer
season when the voltage drop is severe across the network. There are
frequent trippings due to overloading. Consequently the overloading
results into the break down of transmission lines and cause of fire at any
transmission line above permissible limits, eventuating in forced load
shedding.
By implementation of this project the system will become more stable and
enhance its capability to cater for the existing and future load needs.
Conclusion: Major positive impact
5- 12
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 20067t ofEnvironmenta

andSocwa Impacts
5.3.4 ESA Procedure
* Criteria for Impact Scaling
The following factors were taken into consideration for the assessment of
impacts relating to various environmental and socioeconomic issues.
> Nature, magnitude or degree of impact.
> Extent of impact on development work.
> Time or duration and/or frequency of the impact.
> Probability of the impact occurrence.
> Importance or sensitivity of the impact.
* For evaluation of environmental impacts a sampling scaling procedure was
used to measure the impact of each issue. Numerals of +3, +2, +1 were
assigned for major, moderate and minor beneficial impact, respectively.
Similarly, the numerals -3, -2 and -1 were assigned to adverse impacts.
The numeral "0" was assigned to the issue, which remained unaffected,
i.e. no significant impact from the Project activity. The overall goal of the
Project is to ensure environmentally sound and sustainable bio-physical
and socioeconomic developments.
* The projected environmental impacts relating to different Project stages
are evaluated and summarized in Table 5.3. No major negative
environmental impact has been identified in the Project area. Most of the
issues remained un-affected whereas only one is currently with moderate
negative impact. Few minor negative impacts have also been anticipated.
Two major positive impact have been anticipated.
Table 5.3
Assessment of Environmental Impacts related to New Grid Stations and
Transmission Lines in the Project Area
Sr. .
I Mominpura I Saggian I Gulberg Inayatpura | Barki
No Environmental Issues GS I TL |GS I TL IGS ITL L GS I TL I GS I TL
1. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO PROJECT LOCATION AT PRECONSTRUCTION
STAGE
1.1 Impediment to
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0
movement of
wildlife/livestock/people
1.2 Encroachment into 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
wetland
1.3 Special area protecting 0 0 -1 0 -1 0 0 -1 0 0
biodiversity
5- 13
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07AofEnvironmental

andSocwa Impacts
1.4 Incidence of natural 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
hazards
TOTAL
0 0 -1 0 -1 -1
2. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION STAGE
2.1 Air pollution due to -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
movement of vehicles
and machinery
2.2 Noise and vibration -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
due to movement of
heavy machinery
2.3 Deterioration of surface 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
water quality due to
sanitary wastes from
workers' camps
2.4 Disruption of traffic for -1 -1 -2 -2 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
prolonged period due
to movement of heavy
machinery
2.5 Sewage and solid
0 0
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0
waste disposal from
field camps and work
sites
2.6 Impact on land use 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2.7 Loss of standing crops -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -1 -1 -1
/ trees
2.8 Short-term soil erosion -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
and silt run-off due to
construction activities
2.9 Noise during
-1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
construction
2.10 Dust pollution during -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
construction
2.11 Pollution of surface
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0
water by dumping of
construction wastes
2.12 Risk of oil spills from -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
vehicles and
machinery
TOTAL
-8 -8 -9 -9 -8 -8 -7 -8 -8 -8
3. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS RELATED TO PROJECT OPERATION STAGE
3.1 Clearing of Right of 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0
Way (ROW)
3.2 Interceptionof
0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
aeroplanes
l____
3.3 Impact on migratory 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
bird flyways
3.4 Fire incidents in Grid 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Stations
5 - 14

Assessent of Environmenta(
andSocif Impacts
3.5 Leakage of transformer 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
oil
3.6 Degeneration of
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
transformer oil
3.7 Noise from
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
transformers
3.8 Storage of waste
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
materials of Grid
Station
3.9 Operation and
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
maintenance (O & M)
of transmission lines
and Grid Stations
3.10 Landscape and scenic -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
values of ROW
3.11 Operation and
+1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1
maintenance (O & M)
cost of power system
3.12 Improvement in voltage +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
profile
3.13 Reliability and stability +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
of electric supply
3.14 Jobs during
+2 +2 +2 +2 +2 +2 +2 +2 +2 +2
construction
.
TOTAL
-1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
+9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9
GRAND TOTAL
-9 -9 -11 -10 -10 -9 -8 -9 -9 -9
(Witout Mitigation) +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9
GRAND TOTAL
+9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9 +9
(After Mitigation)
GS Grid Station
TL Transmission line
* Currently moderate / in future no impact
5.4 ASSESSMENT OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS
The implementation of the project will cause a few socioeconomic impacts,
which are described below:
5.4.1 Site Specific Negative Impacts
* Mominpura Grid Station
At Mominpura, about 42 kanals of agricultural land, (commercial in nature
being located on the main G.T. Road and neighbouring the Adda Chabeel
market) owned by 15 owners will have to be acquired for construction of
Grid Station. The Consultants contacted the owners of land during the
scoping sessions. They were willing to dispose the land if they were paid
according to prevailing market rates.

5- 15
assessment of Th fz,ionmenta(
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Ant of
ironmeac
andSociImpacts
The acquisitions of private land will, create major negative social impacts.
These, however, will be mitigated with the payments to the landowners at
negotiated prices under willing-seller wiling-buyer deal, with an option to
refuse to sell.
* Inayatpura Grid Station Connecting Transmission Line
o About 0.05 kanals of land will have to be purchased from the private
owner for pole siting in the ROW of Inayatpura Grid Station
transmission line. The land in this vicinity is very costly, being
surrounded by DHA and other modern housing societies. The owner
will be paid according to the negotiated price, thus mitigating the major
negative impact.
o Fodder crops on 24 kanals at Inayatpura Grid Station transmission line
will be affected during the construction stage. The owners will be paid
for the loss. The impact will be minor negative and will be mitigated
with the payment of compensation for the loss of crops.
o In the ROW of lnayatpura, about 101 privately owned fruit and non-fruit
trees will have to be removed. It will be on involuntary basis thus
causing major negative impact. The impact will be brought down to
minor negative by making payments to the owners for the trees to be
cut, at prevailing market rates.
* Barki Grid Station Connecting Transmission Line
Three squatters with no legal title will be affected in the ROW of
connecting transmission line of Barki Grid Station. They are earning their
livelihood by making business at site. Their kiosks and business structures
will remain intact. They will have to stop their business temporarily during
the stringing stage. Paying them livelihood compensation as suggested in
the RPF, will mitigate the minor negative impact caused by the stoppage
of business activities for some days.
A summary of anticipated losses by categories of affectees along with
suggested mitigation measures is provided in Table 5.4
5- 16

ofEnvironmenta(
andSociaf Impacts
Table 5.4
Summary of Anticipated Losses By Categories Of Affectees Along With
Suggested Mitigation Measures
Sr. Type of
Site
No. of Category
Mitigation
No. Loss/issue
Affectees
of
Measures
Affectees
Maue
1 Land
Momonpura
15 Land
Land to be
Acquisition Grid Station
Owners
purchased on
(41.65 Kanals)
market prices
under willing-seller
willing-buyer deal,
with an option for
owner to refuse to
sell
2 Land
For Pole Siting- I
Land
Land to be
Acquisition Transmission
Owner
purchased on
(0.05 Kanals) Line of
market prices
lnayatpura Grid
under willing-seller
Station
willing-buyer deal,
with an option for
owner to refuse to
sell
3 Loss of
Transmission
4
Land
Owners to be
Income from Line Route of
Owners
compensated for
Standing Crop lnayatpura Grid
one season loss as
(24 kanals) Station
per prevailing
market rates
4 Loss of
Transmission
1
Land
Owner to be
Income from Line Route of
Owner
compensated for
Fruit Trees lnayatpura Grid
one season loss as
Cutting (63) Station
per prevailing
market rates of fruit
yield
5 Temporary Transmission
3
Non-title Compensation to
Loss of
Line Route of
Holder
be made equal to
Business
Barki Grid
Squatters/ Y month's amount
Station
Encroache in accordance with
rs
the official poverty
line
Note: PAPs vide Sr.No. 2 and 4 have already accounted for vide Sr. No.3.
5-17

of Environtenta
andSock(Impacts
5.4.2 Negative Impacts Common to All Grid Stations and Transmission Lines
* Loss of socioeconomic activities
During construction phase movement of the locals will be disrupted due to
the construction activities, particularly of transmission lines. Therefore,
their socio-economic activities will suffer for a temporary period. The
impact will be minor negative, which will disappear after the completion of
the works.
* Health Hazards
Health hazards caused due to noise and air pollution during construction
phase not only affect the workers but also the people living / working in the
adjoining areas. Temporary minor negative impacts are expected during
the construction stage, which will disappear with the completion of the
project works. These are taken care of in EMMP.
* Safety
The workers and the residents in the vicinity of transmission lines and Grid
Stations are prone to hazards of high voltage. The ROW of transmission
line of Inayatpura and Barki Grid Station will pass through populated area.
Although the design will provide safe horizontal and vertical clearance, yet
residents around these installations will be exposed to a permanent safety
hazard. The impact will be minor negative.
* Infrastructure in ROW
Presence of public fixtures such as low-tension transmission lines in the
ROWs area will be a hindrance during the construction stages of the
Project. Switching off the power supply from the low-tension lines time and
again during construction will create problems for the residents and
business communities. The problem will be temporary in nature and minor
negative. To mitigate it LESCO will prepare a load management plan in
order to provide continuous electricity to the affected people.
* Cutting of trees
About 133 trees will need cutting from the government lands for the
clearance of routes of proposed transmission lines and Grid Stations sites.
This impact will be moderate negative, and will be mitigated with the
maturity of compensatory plantation during the coming years.
5.4.3 Positive Impacts Common to All Sites
* Electric Supply
During the process of public consultations, the main concern raised by the
stakeholders was the shortage of electricity supply with frequent load
shedding and low voltage problems. The construction of Grid Stations and
transmission lines will play an important role not only in strengthening and
stabilizing electricity distribution system in existing areas but also will
supply electricity to many new areas. The beneficiaries will be the general
public, women, students, commercial area and industries. With the firm
5 - 18
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 200607

of Environmenta(
andSocwa Impacts
and assured power supplies, it is anticipated that there will be an increase
in the business activities, generation of more job opportunities, increase in
incomes and improvement in quality of life in the Project area. The impact
will be major positive.
Employment
During its construction stage, the Project will provide job opportunities to
engineers, technical supporting staff and skilled / unskilled labour force.
Similarly after its completion more jobs opportunities on regular basis for
the operation and maintenance staff will be created. The impact will be
moderate positive.
5.4.4 Overall Assessment of Potential Socioeconomic Impacts
By applying the above criteria of identification and weighing of social factors,
the overall potential socioeconomic impacts are scaled as depicted in
Table 5.5.
Table 5.5
Summary of Socioeconomic Impacts
Extent of Impacts
Type of Socioeconomic Impacts
Nv W
t ive
Positive Without After
Mitigation Mitigation
* Land acquisition for
-3
Mominpura Grid Station
* Effect on source of livelihood -1
of 3 squatters encroachers
* Socio-economic activities -1
during construction
* Health hazards
-1
* Loss of Standing Crops
--1
during Construction
* Safety
2
* Infrastructure in RoW
-1
* Cutting of trees From Private
-3
Lands
* Cutting of trees From
-3
Government Lands
* Jobs creation
+2* Supply of electricity
+++3
5 - 19
CHAPTER
I,I
.I T.. .A. T N M A.S.U ...E S .................... ..
.. |..I- . .... ;..
MITIGATION MEASURES

Miation SMeasures
6. MITIGATION MEASURES
6.1 INTRODUCTION
One of the main objectives of ESA is to anticipate, and predict unacceptable
adverse environmental impacts and prevent, control, minimize or eliminate
these through implementation of appropriate project modifications and/or
mitigation measures. This chapter deals with the actions that are required for
mitigating the impacts of the Project on physical, biological and socioeconomic environments of the area. It is imperative that appropriate actions
are taken to make project compatible with its environment. A reasonable
compatibility can be achieved through two approaches. One is that the project
is so refined and tuned that its impacts on the environment are minimal, while
the other approach is compensatory. Compensation could be through altering
the environment in such a way that the negative impacts of the project are
balanced through secondary benefits. Both the approaches have been
adopted for this Project.
6.2 MITIGATION MEASURES TO BE APPLIED AT PRE-CONSTRUCTION
STAGE
6.2.1 Special Area Protecting Biodiversity
The special area protecting biodiversity is non-existent in the Project area.
However, the proposed Gulberg Grid Station site is currently used as plant
nursery by PHA, where a cover of trees exists. Also Saggian Grid Station site
supports some isolated trees or groves of trees within its premises. Some of
the trees from these two sites, of necessity, will be cut for the construction of
Grid Stations. Similarly the berms of Bedian road and banks of Khaira
distributary support a linear plantation of trees. Some of the trees fall within
the demarcated ROWs will be cut. The impact on biodiversity will be minor
and will be mitigated through compensatory plantation by raising suitable
species at the boundaries of ROWs and Grid Stations. The plantation of trees
will be carried out by the LESCO immediately after completion of the
construction work. After plantation care till the plants establish their root
system in the soil would also be the responsibility of the LESCO.
6.3 MITIGATION MEASURES TO BE APPLIED AT CONSTRUCTION STAGE
6.3.1 Deterioration of Surface Water Quality
No fresh surface water bodies exist in the Project area. However, high lying
Khaira distributary traverses along part of transmission line corridors in
Inayatpura and Barki areas. There will be no possibility of disposition of
sanitary wastes from workers' field camps into the high lying distributary.
Water borne sewerage system should be arranged by LESCO.
6-1

Mitation Measures
6.3.2 Dust, Smoke, Noise and Vibration Hazards
The movement of contractor's vehicles and machinery would create problem
of noise / vibration, dust and smoke at work sites. These problems would be
mitigated by using properly maintained and tuned vehicles, silencers/
mufflers, hydraulic tools over pneumatics ones and regular water sprinkling at
work sites by the contractor.
6.3.3 Hazardous Driving and Disruption of Traffic for Prolonged Period
This hazard is foreseen to be encountered at Bedian road during construction
of pole foundations (feed for lnayat pura), erection of poles and stringing of
conductor in the ROWs. The road, because of its narrowness, normally faces
the problem of traffic congestion and blockage at bottlenecks. With the
addition of project vehicles on the road, the problem of traffic congestion will
worsen. The problem can be mitigated with careful driving and avoiding the
peak hours of traffic or using alternate routes and visibility signs. Well planned
traffic management plan (TMP) for the Grid Station sites and the transmission
line routes will mitigate the traffic congestion situation.
6.4 MITIGATION MEASURES TO BE APPLIED AT POST-CONSTRUCTION
STAGE
6.4.1 Clearance of Right of Way (ROW)
The general tendency of the people particularly in rural areas is to occupy the
ROWs of transmission lines for their business use after the construction
phase is over. In view of public safety and to facilitate the O&M activities the
30 m wide corridors of the 132 kV transmission lines must be kept clear of all
obstructions all the time. General farm practices within the corridors and
plantations not exceeding 4.5 m height are allowed. Similarly open wells
including Persian wheels are allowed to remain under the transmission lines,
but not the tube wells.
6.4.2 Fire Incidence in Grid Stations
* Each Grid Station is provided with appropriate fire fighting equipment to
handle the small fires. In case of big fires every Grid Station is provided
with a land line telephone and a power line carrier telephone to call to
nearby fire brigade for help.
* In order to contain a fault or fire due to fault or any other abnormal
situation, the switches provided in the control room are put off to isolate
the whole Grid Station from its feeding sources. Similar switches are
provided in the switchyard with each equipment for isolation from the
power circuit.
* In the past there have been a few fire incidents at Grid Stations in LESCO
area. For example, in year 1998, in Allama lqbal Town 132 kV Grid Station
the switch room, control room and the 20/26 MVA power transformers in
6-2

Mitation Measures
the switchyard caught fire. The fire was contained and handled by the
staff with the help of fire brigade units. Although this Grid Station is located
in thickly populated area, yet no damage to property or human life
occurred. Similarly, such fire incidents have occurred at various other Grid
Stations like Shalimar and Kala Shah Kaku. But damage to the population
in the vicinity of the Grid Station has never happened because the Grid
Stations are isolated from the nearby residential areas through a buffer
zone and protection walls all around the Grid Stations and PTRF's never
have bursted.
* LESCO Guidelines for Fire Fighting and Emergency
The guidelines of the LESCO for Fire Fighting and Emergency are given in
Table 6.1
Table - 6.1
What to do in case of Fire and Emergency
Remember:
Isolate:
* You are the custodian of
* Immediately the faulty section and
equipment and machines
equipment through all possible
* You have to safeguard it
methods
* You have to be vigilant, smart 1. Manual controls
and watchful
2. Remote controls
* You have to act as quick as
3. Any other
possible in case of fire or
emergencies
In case of fire
Keep:
1. Operate fire fighting equipment
2. Open main power supply
* D.C. supply sound and healthy 3. Ife pris call lo
and check on battery charger 3. If fire persists Gall local fire
* Fire fighting equipment in
brigades
operating condition
* Communication system always Contact:
operating
* Hanging in front of you the fire * Central control center Lahore or to
brigade emergency telephone immediate near contacts
numbers
* Inform the officer incharge for
* Sense and act immediate when restoration works
there is:
O Tripping
o Foul smell
o Smoke
Raise alarm and call for help
6 -3

Mitigation 9Mfeasures
6.4.3 Leakage / Seepage of Transformer Oil
The use of PCB has been abandoned in LESCO since, 1990. PCB was a very
hazardous synthetic transformer oil for the environment, specially for the
workers, as its fumes cause cancer and other diseases.
* Use of Mineral Oil
o LESCO now uses mineral base oil, which is a byproduct of petroleum
extracted from the earth. This oil is harmless to humans and has no
negative impact on the environment.
O Even if this oil leaks out from the transformer in the switchyard area, it
is harmless. It cannot penetrate deep into the earth to reach the water
table.
O This oil is never wasted. It is re-utilized by performing dehydration and
regeneration processes. These two processes are done for LESCO
and other DISCOs at Shalimar Oil Dehydration and Regeneration
Plant.
O International Electro Commission Standard IEC-296 is one of the most
widely used standards for supply of oil in the electrical industry. The
revised standard prevents low quality oils enter the market by
introducing stringent limits for oxidation stability and introducing other
factors. Therefore, a standard can be divided into various sections to
cover physical, chemical and electrical properties of the oil. These
properties is classified as:
Functional:
Properties of oil, which have impact on its
function as an insulating and cooling liquid.
Refining and Stability: Properties of oil that are influenced by
quality and type of refining and additives
Performance:
Properties that are related to long term
behavior of oil in service and/or its reaction
to high electrical stress and temperature
Health, Safety and
Environment:
Oil properties related to safe handling and
environmental protection
6.4.4 Noise from Transformers
The power transformers at the Grid Stations produce noise if they are
overloaded or the power factor is poor. This can be mitigated by bringing
capacitors into the circuit to improve the power factor and consequently
lowering the noise produced by them at the time of overloading. LESCO is
also implementing a project in year 2006-2007 for installation of capacitors at
Grid Station, which will help to control the noise upto much extent.
6-4

Mitation Mesures
Negative environmental impacts and mitigation measures at different stages
of the Project are summarized in Table 6.2.
Table 6.2
Negative Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures at
Different Stages of the Project
Negative Impacts
Mitigation Measures
Responsibility
1. AT PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE
LESCO
Special area protecting Conservation of some selected trees within
biodiversity
the boundary of the Grid Station sites and
along transmission line routes.
2. AT CONSTRUCTION STAGE
LESCO
Deterioration of surface Avoidance of disposal of sewage and solid
water quality
wastes into the Khaire distributary
Hazardous driving and
..
disruption of traffic for * Carefuldrving
prolonged period
* Appropriate line scheduling for the
movement of the vehicles and machinery
* Avoidance of vehicles and machinery
movement during peak hours
* Use of alternate routes
* Recruitment of experienced and
seasoned drivers
A TMP has been prepared and is placed in
EMMP
Sewage and solid
waste disposal
* Arrangement for proper and careful
disposal of sewage and solid wastes
* Avoidance of large size construction
camps
* Recruitment of unskilled labour from the
nearby settlements on daily basis for
waste management purpose
6-5

generation
* Since about 10-20 persons will be staying
ge
in the field comps at one time in the grid
station sites the existing facilities of
sewerage system and solid waste
management will be utilized. It these do
not exist LESCO will ensure the provision
of these facilities at the sites with a view
to provide clean environment to the
workers.
* Controlled speed especially near
settlements
* Careful movement of vehicles and
machinery on un-metalled roads
* Periodical water sprinkling at work sites
and unmetalled roads
* Transportation of material / equipment at
night time
* Tree plantation in Grid Stations and along
transmission lines.
* Monitoring by hired consultant
* Use of mufflers and silencers
Noise and Vibration..
hazards
* Use of properly maintained and tuned
diesel vehicles
* Sound proofing arrangement be done for
machinery rooms.
* Operators and drivers should be provided
with ear muffs.
* Acoustic conditions of the high level sound
generating equipment are properly
designed to reduce the noise.
* Regular monitoring for noise levels should
be done.
* Buildings need to be designed keeping in
view the likely earthquake occurrence and
machinery vibrations.
6-6
MitSgadon Measures

Safety of men and * Element of "safety first" be made part of
materials
project culture through billboards, leaflets,
flash handouts and lectures.
* Fencing of the project area.
* Arrangements for first aid at the site
should be made and known to all the
employees.
* The employees must use the safety
gloves, helmets, eye shields etc while
working at the site.
. Fire fighting points with proper equipment
should be established at the convenient
places.
* The relevant staff must know the rules and
regulations regarding handling of
explosives from the storage to the site of
use.
* Provisions of The World Bank and
Government of Pakistan about health,
safety and environment should be
observed including the Factories Act 1934
and the Explosives Act 1984.
Fire protection
* "Standing Operating Procedures" (SOP)
about the fire fighting should be printed
both in Urdu and English and known to all
concerned personnel.
* For the power house in - depth fire
fighting arrangements be got done
through the specialized companies. The
suggested list of the equipment and
materials is under:
* Underground fire services main with valve
pits
* Hydrants and fire hoses in cabinets
* Fire extinguishes (CO2, dry gas, foam)
* Sufficient sets of breathing apparatus
Soil erosion and silt run..
Soil
* Refilling of ditches excavated for
Off
tower/poles foundations with spoils
* Rehabilitation through grass and shrub
plantation to control soil erosion
* Rehabilitation of damaged roads due to
project interventions
. Grazing must not be allowed in the project
Mitigation Measures
area.
6-7

Miiation Measures
Risk of oil spills from Careful collection, filling and disposal of oils
vehicles / machinery and lubricants
Storage of fuels, oils * Fuels, oils and lubricants should be stored
and lubricants.
separately. These materials should not be
allowed to spill over in the area.
* The surface of the storage floor be
provided with either chemically resistant
tiles or be made of concrete.
* The materials are labeled as per the
content.
* Standard safety precautions need to be
strictly observed.
* The containers are regularly inspected to
avoid any leakage.
* Fire fighting equipment be placed near the
storage area.
* Regular monitoring of water and waste
water samples for possible presence of
fuels, oils and lubricants.
3. POST-CONSTRUCTION STAGE
LESCO
Maintenance of ROW Periodical pruning of trees and shrubs to
permissible height
6.5 ENHANCEMENT MEASURES
With the completion and implementation of new Grid Stations and
transmission lines including augmentation and extension of existing Grid
Stations, the load carrying capacity and capability of transmission lines and
transformation network will be substantially improved and enhanced in the
project area. The anticipated positive impacts include improvement in voltage
profile, saving in operation and maintenance cost associated with reliability
and stability of electric power supply. Main positive impacts and enhancement
measures are summarized in Table 6.3.
6-8

Migation Measures
Table 6.3
Main positive Impacts and enhancement measures
identified in the Project area
Sr No
Positive Impacts
Enhancement Measures Responsibilities
1
Reduction in operation and Properly scheduled
LESCO
maintenance cost
maintenance
and
monitoring
2
Improvement in voltage profile Careful operation and LESCO
for consumers
maintenance of Grid
Stations and transmission
lines
3
Reliability and stability of Efficient operation and LESCO
electric supply
maintenance of the
system
6.6 SOCIOECONOMIC
6.6.1 Compensation for Land to be Acquired / Purchased
* About 42 kanals of land will need to be acquired/purchased from 15
owners at Mominpura Grid Station Site. These owners will be paid
according to prevailing market! negotiated prices as per provisions of RPF.
* At village Leel, on the route of Inayatpura transmission line, the line will
pass through the privately owned land and will involve purchase of 0.05
kanals of land for pole siting. These owners will be paid according to
prevailing market/ negotiated prices as per provisions of RPF.
6.6.2 Disruption of Socioeconomic Activities During Construction
The local people should be properly compensated for income loss due to
disrupted socioeconomic activities. This can be done by providing them jobs
during the construction of transmission lines and Grid Stations by the
contractor.
6.6.3 Health Hazard
Health hazards due to dust, noise and smoke will be minimized by daily water
sprinkling and keeping machinery regularly and properly serviced / tuned by
the contractor. The Project Engineer will make sure the observance of these
actions by the contractor.
6.6.4 Infrastructure in ROW
The owners of private infrastructure falling in the ROWs of transmission lines
will be properly compensated. Three kiosks situated within the ROW of Barki
6-9

M9[itiation Measures
Grid Station connecting transmission line will not sustain any damage during
construction of transmission lines. Only the business activities will be
suspended temporarily during the construction stage. For this, the owners will
be paid a compensation amount as specified in the RPF. Their livelihood will
be restored with the completion of project construction.
6.6.5 Cutting of Trees
Privately owned 101 trees (fruit and non-fruit) with in the ROW of Inayatpura
Grid Station transmission line will be affected. The owners will be
compensated as per market price. In addition, more trees will be planted to
compensate for the trees lost on government land. The compensatory
plantation will help mitigate the negative impacts of tree cutting in the long
run. The compensatory tree plantation can be made in the DHA and State Life
Housing Society roads and along the Kheera Distributary passing through a
number of private housing schemes.
6.7 RESETTLEMENT ACTION PLAN
The World Bank OP-4.12 requires that should the number of project affectees
exceed 200, a Resettlement Action Plan will be needed
Since the number of affected persons is less than 200, hence, no
Resettlement Action Plan is required as per World Bank OP-4.12. The
compensation to the PAPs will be made according to the Resettlement Policy
Framework (RPF).
6.8 RESETTLEMENT POLICY FRAMEWORK (RPF)
6.8.1 Need for RPF
The Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) has been developed in
accordance with the requirements of the World Bank OP-4.12, on Involuntary
Resettlement. The involuntary resettlement, according to this Policy, may
cause severe long-term socioeconomic hardships, impoverishment and
environmental damages unless appropriate measures are carefully planned
and carried out. The Policy requires that involuntary resettlement should be
avoided where feasible, or minimized exploring all viable alternative project
designs. In cases, it becomes unavoidable, then the affected persons should
be meaningfully consulted providing them an opportunity to participate in
planning and implementing the resettlement programme. They should be
assisted in their efforts to improve their livelihoods and standard of living or at
least to restore these, in real terms, to pre-displacement levels or to levels
prevailing prior to the beginning of project implementation, whichever is
higher. This Policy endorses the eligibility of all the categories of persons,
whether with formal legal rights or without these rights, in a project, but
occupying project area prior to the cut-off date established by the borrower
and acceptable to the Bank.
The governing legislation regarding land acquisition and compensation is the
Land Acquisition Act (LAA), 1894 with amendments. The LAA is limited to a
6-10

MiStiation Measures
cash compensation policy for the acquisition of land and built-up property, and
damage to other assets such as crops, trees, infrastructure, etc. The LAA
does not take into account the rehabilitation and resettlement of displaced
populations and the restoration of their livelihoods. The Bank's OP 4.12,
however, provides full protection to the people affected by a Project.
Accordingly, the Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) defines the
compensation for the acquisition of land and other assets of the projectaffected persons (PAPs) affecting within the ROW of the transmission lines
and the proposed grid station sites.
6.8.2 Basic principles of RPF
The basic principles of the Resettlement Policy Framework are as follows:
* To implement the Bank safeguard vide OP 4.12 in order to minimize the
impacts in case of taking over of privately owned land by LESCO for the
construction of grid stations and transmission lines and for timely
payments to the owners of land at negotiated rates between the LESCO
and the owners. The deal will be compulsion free and the owner will have
the option of not selling the land.
* To ensure that all the project affectees whether title-holders or without any
legal title are compensated, except for land compensation where title is
required.
* To ensure that the squatters displaced due to project construction
activities are provided with an alternative arrangement to earn their
livelihood.
* To ensure that the owners of the trees needing removal are paid according
to the competitive market rates in consideration of the secondary data
published by the Forest Department.
* To ensure that the payments to the owners of the fruit trees have been
made according to the competitive rates by taking into consideration the
remaining useful life of the fruit trees and their productivity, from the date
of census of such affected trees in consultation with the owners and by
considering the relevant secondary data published by the Agriculture
Department.
* To ensure that the owners of affected trees are allowed to salvage the
trees wood.
* To make provisions for the payment of compensation to the owners of
cultivated land for the loss of crops during the construction activities. Such
owners will be provided an income safety net, cushioning them against
potential delays in the construction of transmission lines.
* To ensure that any loss to the community owned utilities, caused by the
construction activities is met with by the LESCO in the shape of restoration
/ replacement of affected utilities.
* To ensure that the vulnerable squatters / encroachers are paid
compensation for their affected assets at replacement costs (without
deducting the salvage value) and loss of source of livelihood. Absence of a
6- 11

Mit~gation Measures
legal title does not bar a person from getting compensation for his assets
or loss of his source of livelihood.
* To ensure that the squatters encroachers are allowed salvage of their
affected assets.
6.8.3 Entitlement for compensation
Under the resettlement policy framework matrix, the categories of project
affectees entitling compensation are defined as follows.
* Owners of privately owned agricultural land for grid station site and within
the ROW of transmission lines
* Owners of fruit and other trees
* Title-holder or non-title holder owners of standing crops in the work area
limits of transmission lines and grid station sites
* Squatters / encroachers business operators within the ROW of
transmission lines
* Community owned utilities
* Plantation on road sides, within the ROW of transmission lines
* Buildings or structures of cultural or religious significance.
Each category of affectees is described in more detail as follows:
6.8.4 Owners of private land
The owner will be entitled to cash compensation for the loss of privately
owned land, acquired by LESCO for the construction of grid stations and
transmission lines. The ownership of land will be verified on the basis of
current record of rights with the Provincial Board of Revenue. The land will be
purchased at negotiated price between the LESCO and the owners of the
land, based on willing-seller willing-buyer deal and the owners will have the
option of refusing to sell. LESCO will be responsible for disbursing all
compensation payments, before the possession of land is taken.
6.8.5 Owners of trees and crops
The owners of the affected trees and crops will be compensated in the
following way.
* In case of loss of fruit trees, the owner will be provided compensation
by taking into account the type of tree, average production per tree, its
remaining fruit bearing life and the present life as stated by the owner.
The compensation will be determined at the current market prices as
6- 12

Mditbgation 9Mdeasures
prevailed at the cut-off date. For this purpose, the secondary data from
the publications of the concerned departments will also be used.
* For valuation of privately owned non-fruit trees, the information
published by the Forest Department will be consulted. However, the
valuation of these assets will be decided on the basis of the prevailing
price by taking into consideration the type, age and size of the trees.
* The damage caused to standing crops as a result of construction
activities will be assessed and paid by the LESCO to the cultivator of
the affected land. The value of such compensation will be assessed by
taking into consideration the type of crops grown on the affected land
during the last two seasons, their production and value at current
prices.
* In case of delays in the proposed construction plan to the next cropping
season, the affected person will be paid amounts equal to the original
compensation plus the 10 percent extra allowance to offset the
inflation.
6.8.6 Squatters/ encroachers business operators within ROW
The squatters / encroachers earning their livelihood within the ROW of
proposed transmission lines will be affected only for the stringing stage of the
power line. During this period, they will have to suspend their business. Such
business operators will be paid one-time compensation, in accordance with
the official poverty line amount, for the loss of their income due to closure of
their business activities.
6.8.7 Squatters/ Encroacher's Commercial Structures within ROW
Squatters who own and run a commercial business that falls within the ROW
of transmission lines and affected with the construction activities, will be reestablished at a location as near as possible to the original place of work,
within the ROW. They will also be allowed to salvage their structure material,
and LESCO will provide transport to shift their personal belongings to the
nearby location. Squatters / encroachers owning any fixed assets, such as
hand pumps or boundary walls, that fall within ROW will be allowed to salvage
the facilities before they are demolished. Similarly, they will be paid for
standing crop or trees, if any, along with salvage of tree wood. However, the
survey has revealed that in case of 1st year works, no commercial structures
of the squatter encroachers within the ROW will be affected.
6.8.8 Roadside plantation within the ROW of transmission lines
In case, the tree cutting is involved within the ROW, it will be very selective.
Only those trees will be removed that will affect the transmission line working.
The other small height trees on the route will be saved and a regular pruning /
management programme for these trees will be adopted by LESCO.
6- 13

Mitation 9Meures
6.8.9 Buildings or Structures of Cultural / Religious Significance
Any loss to structures of religious or cultural significance, such as mosques,
graves, shrines, etc., falling in the ROW of transmission lines or at proposed
grid station sites will be paid by LESCO on replacement cost basis. However,
no such building or structure fall in the ROW of transmission lines or grid
station site.
6.8.10 RPF Matrix
The RPF Matrix has been designed by taking into consideration the basic
principals, entitlements and losses. The losses are summarized as under.
Sr. # Type of Loss/ssue
Site
No. of Category of
Affectees Affectees
1
Land Acquisition Momonpura Grid
15
Land Owners
(41.65 Kanals)
Station
2 Land Acquisition (0.05 For Pole Siting1
Land Owner
Kanals)
Transmission Line of
lnayatpura Grid Station
3 Loss of Income from Transmission Line
4
Land Owners
Standing Crop ( 24 Route of Inayatpura
kanals)
Grid Station
4 Loss of Income from Transmission Line
1
Land Owner
Fruit Trees Cutting Route of Inayatpura
(63)
Grid Station
5 Temporary Loss of Transmission Line
3
Non-title
Business
Route of Barki Grid
Holder
Station
Squatters/
Encroachers
Note Affectees vide Sr. No.2 & 4 are already accounted in the Sr. No. 3.
The RPF Matrix is provided in Table 6.4.
6 - 14

Mfit'aton
Mfeasures
Table-6.4
RPF Matrix
No Groups of Affectees
Principles for Paying Compensation
Type of
Compensation
Role and Responsibility
1 Owner of land as verified by Compensation in accordance with the negotiated price
Cash Payment - prior to LESCO after verifying the
updated revenue record between the LESCO and the landowners, based at taking over of
land ownership updated revenue
land type, productivity, location, and prevailing current
records.
market rates.
2 Owners of trees
i. Compensation For Non-Fruit Trees:
Compensation to be based on the current rates in Cash payment before the LESCO, after
verifying the
case of non-fruit trees in consideration of type, age cutting and removal of trees
ownership through pubic
and size of the trees. The secondary information
consultations
published by the Forest Department will also be used.
ii. Compensation For Fruit Trees:
For fruit trees to be removed permanently, the Cash payment before the LESCO, after
verifying the
compensation to be based on the residual value of the cutting and removal of trees
ownership through pubic
affected trees, based on their remaining useful life,
consultations
average production and current price of produce
determined through personal interviews with the
owners and by considering the published data by
relevant departments.
3 Title holder and non-title i- Value of such loss to be determined by considering Cash
payment i. LESCO, after verifying the
holder owners of crops in the affected area, type of crop, it per unit
ownership from updated
the work area limits of production, and current price; or by considering the
revenue records for title
transmission lines,
rate of selling the standing crop per unit of area.
holders.
damaged during
ii- In case the construction is delayed to next cropping
ii.
For non title holders the
construction activities season, the owners will be paid for crop loss equal
ownership will be verified
to original amount of compensation plus 10 percent
from different sources.
additional amount to meet with the inflation
pressures by the owners
6 -15

M9 igation
Mvfesures
4 Squatters / encroachers Such vulnerable groups to be paid one-time, an Cash
payment - on the LAC LESCO operating business within amount of Rs. 3,250/-I which is equal to amount of
confirmation of the identity LESCO to keep provision in the
the ROW of transmission one-half month of the official poverty line. This of the PAP as
per NIC construction contract budget
lines without legal title compensation is for the loss of their livelihood during number
construction stage, provided it does not taken more
than 15 days in construction activities.
5 Squatters / encroachers i- Squatters / encroachers to be compensated on Cash
payment - on the LESCO commercial structures and replacement cost basis (without deducting salvage
confirmation of the identity * LESCO to keep provision in
other assets within ROW value)
of the PAP as per NIC
the
construction contract
ii- Owners allowed to salvage the structure materials. varification
budget
iii- Assistance to be provided in shifting belongings /
* Notice to be served to
the
salvage materials.
Paps 1 5days prior to the
start of construction works.
6 Loss of community owned LESCO to restore / replace such utilities in Physical
works to be Project Engineer - LESCO to
utilities
consultation with the community representatives carried out by LESCO
keep provision in the
contractor
construction contract budget for
such works in terms of
percentage of base costs,
under provisions of
environmental and social costs
7 Loss of Road side Plantation / Compensatory plantation as per Punjab EPD Physical
works to be LESCO to make provisions in
Trees
requirements
carried out by LESCO the budget
I__through Forest Department
8 Culturally Significant Compensation on a replacement-cost basis without Cash
payments to existing Replacement cost assessed in
Structures.
excluding the salvage value
managing committee or
accordance with the latest
caretaker
schedule of rates; LESCO to
keep provision in the budget for
providing cash compensation
This amount has been worked out on the basis of average family size of the PAPs (refer
sub-section 4.3.5) and the amount of official poverty line of Rs.878.64 per person
per month (Pakistan Economic Survey, 2005-06)
6 - 16

Mitiation Measures
6.9 LAND VALUATION PROCEDURE
LESCO will designate its representative for the assessment of cost of land at
current market value and negotiations with the owners. Land will be valued at
current prevailing market price keeping in view its type, productivity, location,
record of past transactions and the stakeholders' assessment of prices of their
land. For this purpose, the LAC LESCO will coordinate with the provincial revenue
staff, to carry out a survey of land prices based on recent past three years
transactions of similar lands registered for the proceeding around locations where
the land is to be acquired, in consultation with the stakeholders.
6.10 GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL MECHANISM
In the ESA Study the socio-environmental issues relating to the implementation of
selected works of 6th STG Project are identified and mitigation measures are
suggested to address these issues in terms of Environmental Management and
Monitoring Plan (EMMP) and Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF). However, in
spite of best efforts, there is every chance that the individuals / communities
affected by the project are dissatisfied with the measures adopted to address the
adverse impacts of the project. Keeping in view the findings of the ESA study, it is
anticipated that the nature of such complaints will relate to compensation matters
by the project functionaries and within the communities. For example, non-judicious
distribution of amount among the owners of jointly owned land and contractor's
behaviour in executing the project works. In this situation addressing the
grievances of the aggrieved at the root level will ensure the timely and successful
implementation of the project. It will also provide a public forum to the aggrieved to
raise their objections and through conflict resolution, address these issues
adequately. The main functions of the GRM will be as follows:
* To provide a mechanism to the aggrieved persons on problems arising as a
result of project activities,
* To facilitate the recording of the grievances of the PAPs, categorize and
prioritize the grievances that need to be resolved, and
* To ensure reporting to the aggrieved parties about the developments regarding
their grievances and the decision of the project authorities.
* To ensure that the GRM provide a solution of the grievances.
A Grievance Redressal Committee (GRC) will be formed to address the matters
effectively at the root level. The Committee will be headed by the Project Engineer
(or Project Director, whichever the designation may be) with Socio-economist (from
proposed LESCO Environmental and Social Cell) and a representative of the
Supervision Consultants as its official members and a person from the
communities, as its non-official member. The non-project person should be a
representative of the communities and should be regarded as impartial.
Under the GRM, the concerned XEN Construction, supported by the Construction
Supervision Consultant, will maintain the Social Complaint Register (SCR) at the
6- 17
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 20067

ation Measures
sites to document all complaints received from the local communities. The
information recorded in the Register will include date of the complaint, particulars of
the complainant, description of the grievance, actions to be taken, the person
responsible to take the action, follow up requirements and the target date for the
implementation of the mitigation measure. The register will also record the actual
measures taken to mitigate these concerns.
On the receipt of a complaint, the XEN concerned through staff and with the help of
monitoring consultants will register it and forword it to the GRC. The Committee will
review the matter keeping in view its nature and suggest a remedial action within
three days. If considered necessary, the Committee will consult the complainant as
well. Once the Committee decides the remedial action, the Project Engineer will
implement it within a week. The decision will be documented in the SCR, with
complete details as discussed above, and if decision could not be implemented,
the reasons will also be documented. The proposed remedial action will be shared
with the complainant within 10 days. Similarly, the actual action taken will also be
documented in the Register and shared with the complainant. The complainant's
views on the remedial action taken will also be documented in the Register.
The SCR will be reviewed during the fortnightly-meetings at the site. The progress
on the remedial actions will also be reviewed during the meetings.
The Project Engineer with the assistance and support from the Supervision
Consultant will produce periodic reports based on the information collected. These
will include reports for:
* Project initiation meetings with each contractor,
* Fortnightly meetings,
* Non-compliances,
* Effects monitoring.
At the end of the construction phase, a final report will also be prepared.
6.11 CONSULTATION STRATEGY
A continued process of keeping the stakeholders informed and receiving their
feedback at various stages of project implementation will provide a good measure
to improve the social acceptability of the project and also will ensure the
participation of the stakeholders in the process of project development. As per the
requirement of the Bank's OP-4.01 the following strategy for public consultation
during the implementation of the project work is delineated.
Public consultations will be made at each stage of the project, i.e. design,
construction and operation. A description of these consultations along with issues
to be discussed and target participants is provided, as follows.
6- 18

MitFation Measures
* The public consultations at design stage will involve the dissemination of
project objectives and details of works to the general stakeholders for their
opinions about the project through consultative meetings. The stakeholders
will be asked to share their views about the project and give suggestions
about the project design, keeping in view the area specific issues. The
discussions and suggestions from these meetings will be used for improving
the project design to the levels of social acceptance. Further, scoping
sessions and focused group discussions with the people having specific
stakes in areas where the proposed project interventions are planned to be
implemented, will be carried out to record their views and concerns about
the project, if any. The findings of these consultations will be presented in
the ESA Report.
* The construction stage consultations will be made in areas where the
construction activities are under way. The target participants will be the
individual persons and communities in the area. The major issues at this
stage may include the views and concerns of the stakeholders about the
contractors' working behaviour, relating to compensation, etc. Scoping
sessions will be held with these stakeholders to appraise them about the
project works and receive their feedback in terms of their concerns and
views about the pace and quality of works; and the problems they are
experiencing due to project works and mitigation suggestions from the
stakeholders.
* The operation stage consultations will be held in the areas where the
proposed interventions have been implemented. The target participants will
be the stakeholders with in the direct influence of the proposed
interventions. The major issues may relate to environmental and social
aspects, i.e. unattended ditches & debris by the contractor, pending cases
of non-payment of compensation to the PAPs due to any reason, etc.
Individual consultations and scoping sessions will be made with these
stakeholders to share their views about the post construction socioenvironmental impacts of the project and remedial measures.
The public consultations will be a continued activity. The ESA Consultants
will make the public consultations at design stage and the LESCO
Environmental and Social Cell (LESC) will carry out the construction stage
and post-construction stage consultations.
The consultations will be made in accordance with the requirement of
Bank's OP-4.01 at all sites. ESA consultation will be done in collaboration
with the design consultants. The findings of the consultations by the LESC
will be presented in the Monthly Progress Report and the LESCO will submit
to the Bank the report on public consultation, regularly, on monthly basis.
The costs of these works will not be a part of Environmental Budget.
6.12 SOCIAL SCREENING OF THE PROJECT
The social screening of the project as per checklist provided in the TOR of the
study is made as under:
6- 19

Mlfitgation
Measures
S. No
Social Screening
Explanation
Parameters
1 Who are the people affected * 22 affected persons; affected by the project are
by the project - category of land owners (15), cultivators (4) and squatters
persons and intensity of encroachers (3). The encroacher business
impacts
operators fall in the vulnerable category, however,
they are earning above the officially announced
poverty line of Rs.879/month/person.
* About 42 kanals of land will be acquired under the
project (41.65 kanals for Mominpura Grid Station
and 0.05 kanals for pole siting at lnayatpura
transmission line). Details to this extent are
provided in Table 1.4.
* The landowners will be paid according to the
negotiated price of their lands. The intensity of
impact will be moderate positive.
* The cultivators en-route to lnayatpura Grid Station
transmission line will bear a moderate negative
impact during construction of transmission line.
They will be losing the fodder crop on 24 kanals (3
acres) of land. For this, they will be paid one-crop
season compensation as per prevailing rates, thus
off-setting the negative impact.
. The business structures of squatters' encroachers
will remain intact without any damage during the
construction stage. They will have to close their
business for some days during the stringing
process of transmission line. For this disturbance,
they will be paid a half month compensation of
Rs.3250/- each, in accordance with the official
poverty line of Rs.878.64/person/month, for a
household of 7.31 persons. After the completion
of stringing process, they will again start earning
their livelihood at the original place of their
business. No negative impacts will bear on the
squatters encroachers.
2 What is the poverty level of * All the affected persons are living above the official
the affected persons?
poverty line, which is at Rs.879/person/month.
6 - 20

Miiation Measures
3 Are directly affected * It has been revealed during the consultation
stakeholders agreeable to process that all the directly affected stakeholders
allow the project?
are agreeable to allow the project. The owners of
the cultivated lands were, however, of the view
that their assets (land and fruit trees) can be
saved by making some, at the spot changes, in
the route of lnayatpura transmission line and
LESCO must consider it. They were of the view
that the construction of a Grid Station was the
need of the area, it should be constructed and
they fully support the LESCO program
4 What are the social issues, * The social issues relating to the project are given
impacts of the project (loss of as under:
land, loss of livelihood,
imac of hig votage - Loss of Land
= About 42 Acres
Impact of high voltage
transmission on electrical and - Loss Of Crops
= 24 Kanals
other machines, etc.)
- Loss of Trees
(in number)
Private
= 101
Public
= 133
- Loss of Livelihood
= None
Impact of high voltage
line on electrical & machines =No negative
impact, as
described by
LESCO experts.
This is because
a safe ground
clearance is
provided to
various
infrastructures
falling under the
132 kV
transmission
lines
5 Does the project require * The Project will require land as per following
land? If yes, how much? How details
it will be acquired?
S.No Grid
Kanal
Station
1 Mominpura
41.65
2 Saggian
10.50
3 Gulberg
10.20
4 Inayatpura
33.05
5 Barki
32.00 (Approx.)
The acquisition status is given as follows:
Mominpura Land to be purchased from the
private owners on competitive
market rates
6 - 21

Mit7gaton
Measurs
Saggian Land to be obtained from the
CDGL. Proceedings to this
extent in progress.
- Gulberg Allotment of the land by Punjab
Government has been
approved and possession of the
land is in progress.
- Inayatpura Land given to LESCO by the
State Life Cooperative Housing
Society willingly for construction
of the grid station.
- Barki
Land given to LESCO by DHA,
Lahore willingly for construction
of the grid station.
6 Is there any involuntary land * Yes, there is involuntary land acquisition.
acquisition? How will it be However, 41.65 kanals of land for Grid Station
acquired
and 0.05 kanal for pole siting will be purchased
from the private owners at negotiated markets
rates under willing-seller willing-buyer deal with
option to the seller to refuse the sale.
7 Are there any affected * There are no affected structures.
structures? If yes, how
many?
8 Will there be any loss of * There will not be any permanent loss of livelihood
livelihood of title and non-title of title and non-title holders on permanent basis.
holders?
The 3 squatters at the Barki Grid Station
transmission line will have to suspend their
business activities only for the time period
involved in the stringing process of the portion of
power line passing over their kiosks. Their kiosks
will remain intact and they will restart their
business after the stringing activity is completed.
For this slack period they will be compensated
@ Rs. 3,250/- each for one-time.
9 Is there a social conflict * Yes, a social conflict resolution mechanism exists
resolution mechanism in the in the communities.
communities?
10 Are the social safeguards * Yes, Bank's Social safeguard OP 4.12 relating to
triggered? If yes, which one involuntary resettlement will be triggered in case
and how?
of 6th STG Project selected works in terms of
involuntary acquisition of land. This, however, will
be mitigated by purchasing the land from the
owners at negotiated wiling - seller and willing -
buyer market prices.

6 - 22

Mit!gation Measures
11 Are any commercial activities * No commercial activity will be affected in the urban
affected in urban / rural or rural areas. During construction stage, there
areas?
will be a minor disruption to squatters business
during the stringing stage or loss of standing
crops on an area of about 24 kanals. In fact, the
project will help in boosting the commercial
activities with the stable power supplies.
6.13 IMPLEMENTATION MECHANISM FOR PROJECT
A Project Team is already working in addition to their own duties which is engaged
in the preparation of Bidding Documents, PDD and also associating with
Consultants for the preparation of ESA. The positions given in the Organgram
against the LESCO Team are detailed below:
* Project Manager
= Operation Director LESCO
* Technical Specialist
= C.E. / Sr. Manager O&M (T&G)
* Project Financial Management = 1. Finance Manager
2. Dy. Director Accounts
3. Dy. Director Accounts
4. Asstt. Manager Accounts
* Project Planning and Scheduling = Dr. Manager Planning (T&G)
A.M. Planning (T&G)
A.M. Planning (PMS)
* Procurement Specialist
= Dy. Manager (MM) STG
A.M. (MM) STG
* Project Management I
= Dy. Manager O&M (T&G)
Contract Administrative
* Environmental and Social
= The Process of recruitment of
Specialist
Environmental Engineer is under
way
* Consultants
= Joint Venture of M/s BARQAAB
and NESPAK
6.14. IMPLEMENTATION
MECHANISM
FOR
SOCIOENVIRONMENTAL
SAFEGUARDS
The social and environmental safeguards will be implemented by the LESCO
Environmental and Social Cell (LESC). Details of the composition of LESC are
provided in Section 7.4.7.
6 - 23
CHAPTER
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND
MONITORING PLAN (EMMP)
-~ .r~r-
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 En nm a

n an
M[onitoiing PIm (EM!MY)
7. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN
(EMMP)
7.1 INTRODUCTION
The EMMP is a vehicle for the effective implementation of the mitigation measures
to ensure successful execution of the Project in an environmentally sound manner.
The EMMP provides mechanism to address the adverse environmental as well as
social impacts of the proposed project during its execution, to enhance project
benefits and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project
works. For each expected impact, the EMMP requires the following information:
o A comprehensive listing of mitigation measures.
o The institutions responsible for ensuring the full implementation of the
actions.
o The socio-environmental issues and parameters to be monitored in order to
ensure effective implementation.
o A time scale for implementation to ensure that the objectives of the
mitigations are fully met with.
7.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMMP
The objectives of present EMMP are given below:
* To define the responsibilities of project components like LESCO,
Environmental and Social Cell and Monitoring Consultants
* To identify the monitoring parameters
* To design the monitoring mechanism
* To facilitate the implementation of mitigation as well as enhancement
measures
* To specify the training aspects such as varying requirements, target groups,
curricula and trainers.
* To take timely action in case of an unexpected situation
* To support smooth implementation of project with minimum losses to
environmental and social infrastructure
* To ensue compliance with national and international obligations
7.3 PROPOSED ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTIONS
The details of environmental issues, environmental impacts, proposed mitigation
actions and timing agencies responsible for execution of proposed actions during
preconstruction, construction and operation stages for grid stations and
transmission lines, are given in Table 7.1
7-1
Table 7.1
Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP)
Project
.
Environmental
Operational Environmental Issues
Anticipated
Management
Responsibilities Timings
Stages
EvrnetlIpcs
(Action to be taken)
Preservation of bio-diversity * A few birds may shift * Cutting / felling of * LESCO
During
to other trees in carefully selected trees
Construction
nearby localities * Compensatory
* do
plantation of required
number of trees at
suitable sites, around
grid station boundary
walls and in
transmission line
corridors.
Construction / * Noise, dust, smoke * Disturbance at work * Use of silencer
*
LESCO
During
Operation
emission due to sites.
* Use of ear muffs
* -doConstruction
Stage
movement of vehicles and * Health deterioration * Noisy operation be
done * -domachinery
during day time
* Sprinkle water 2 to 3
times daily on
unmetalled road
7-2
Project
Anticipated
Environmental
Operational Environmental Issues Environmental Impacts
Management
Stages
EvrnetlIpcs
Hazardous driving and * Chances of accident * Avoidance of hazardous * LESCO
During
disruption of traffic.
on the road
driving
Construction
* Creation of nuisance * Avoidance of movement * -doand inconvenience to of vehicles and
the people
machinery during peak
* Unnecessary traffic traffic hours
blockade
* The activities to be * -doundertaken during lean
hours
* Use of alternate routes * -doat bottlenecks
* Implement TMP
* -doGridstations and Transmission Line
Construction * Land acquisition from * Loss of private * Land will be provided by
* LESCO / land During
Stage
private people, State Life property
the State Life Housing purchase
Construction
Co-operative Housing
Society and DHA free of committee
Society and DHA
cost and willingly
* Monitoring of the * -doprocess of land purchase
and compensation
* Suitable compensation * -dofor loss of crops/trees
* Ensure timely full * -dopayments
7-3
Project
Anticipated
Environmental
Operational
Environmental Issues Environmental Impacts
Management
Stages
* Sewage and solid waste * Generation of bad . Provision of water born * LESCO
During
disposal from field camps odour
sewage system
Construction
and work sites
* Health det
* Daily collection and * do
* Damage to local disposal of solid waste
scenic beauty.
by sanitary landfilling
* Incidence of diseases method
* If the existing systems
for sewerage system and
the solid waste
management do not
exist LEScO will ensure
the provision of the
same.
* Risk of oil spills from * Surfacial soil pollution * Careful collection and * LESCO
During
vehicles stores and
proper disposal of spilled
Construction
machinery at camp sites /
oils and lubricants
parking places
* Proper storage of fuels, * do
oils and lubricants
* Workers health and safety * Safety hazards for * Provision of safety * LESCO
During
skilled and unskilled gadgets and gloves to
Construction
work force
the workers
* Arrangement for
* -doemergency medicines
and first aid related
facilities at work site
7-4
Project
Anticipated
Environmental
Operational Environmental Issues Environmental Impacts
Management
Stages
EniomnalIpcs
Action to be taken)
* Deposition of debris from Impairment of aesthetics * Removal of debris from *
LESCO During
construction sites
the sites
Construction
* Bringing the camps/sites * -doback to original positions
TRANSMISSION LINES
Post* Clearance of ROW Touching of conductors by * Preparation of
appropriate trees * LESCO After
construction/Oper
trees exceeding 4 m height inventory and negotiation
with
Construction
ation stage
stakeholders before trimming and
cutting of trees
* Fair and prompt compensation for * -dotrees especially on private land,
* Compensatory tree plantation * -dowithin the premises and on the
peripherae of grid stations and at
suitable places in the ROW of TL
Risk of accident due to Chance of injury and death Provisional of safety belts, gloves
LESCO After
electrocution
and insulated tools etc to
Construction
operators/electricians.
7-5
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Environmenta1Management

and
Mvfonitoring Pan (!EMMP)
7.4 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC MONITORING PLAN
7.4.1 General
Importance of "monitoring" cannot be over-emphasized since it provides
timely and useful information to the project managements, implementation
agencies and the policy decision makers. Conceptually, "monitoring" means
to check and asses, on a regular basis, the status of project activities during
construction and realization of various developmental targets during
operation and maintenance. It helps in timely identification / analysis and
removal of the bottlenecks and expediting actions. In fact, project monitoring
is a tool to serve the interests of the project planners, executors and
operation managers, as they share the common concern for timely
corrective measures.
7.4.2 Objectives of Monitoring Plan
* Overall Objectives
The overall objectives of socio-economic and environmental monitoring
plan are to:
o Identify and assess socio-economic and environmental status and
trend continuously
o Act as an early warning system, by identifying any sudden socioeconomic and environmental deterioration that needs to be
countered.
o Afford effective socio-economic and environmental surveillance and
to provide reliable information upon which continued socioeconomic and environmental management of the project can be
updated and refined.
o Identify and recommend time-specific detailed socio-economic and
environmental post-evaluation at ESA level.
o Assess effectiveness of the mitigation or benefit enhancement
measures, and to take prompt decisions on any additional
measures.
o Ascertain the nature and extent of impacts, which were uncertain at
the time of ESA study and to allow suitable mitigation measures to
be formulated.
* Objectives of Monitoring at Construction Stage
o Monitor actual impacts on environmental and socio-economic
aspect of the Project.
7-6
Fnvironmental?7fanagement and
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 ~*
~ (EMMP
Mkonitolnng P6an (EMMP)
O Provide early warning to the project management whether intensity
of an impact is severer than the one predicted.
O Suggest mitigation measures for the impacts whose intensity is
severer than those predicted during the ESA process.
o Furnish feedbacks for correction of any deficiencies / improper
situations.
O Ensure compliance with the administrative and legal frameworks.
O Ensure fulfillment of the obligations required under National
Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS).
O Ensure proper disposal of excavated soil and excess construction
materials.
o Monitor tree plantation at the specified locations.
Objectives of Post Construction Monitoring
o Monitor effective implementation of mitigation measures.
O To monitor the achievement of overall project socio-economic and
environmental targets
o Suggest modifications/ improvements, if any.
7.4.3 Performance Indicators
The monitoring will be a continuous activity and will be managed by the
Project Engineer in coordination with the LESC. Three types of monitoring
activities will be undertaken. These include Compliance Monitoring, Effects
Monitoring and External Monitoring. These are explained in the following:
* Compliance Monitoring
O The aim of compliance monitoring is to highlight the adherence of
the project activities to the environmental and social control
measures. For example it will be ensured that the tree plantation is
undertaken as planned in order to compensate for the trees
removed from the route of transmission line. Also compensation
has been paid in full and timely to the owners of the private trees.
O The compliance monitoring in the context of the present study
includes the following issues.
To ensure that the project activities are being undertaken as
planned in ESA and EMMP, especially those having the
adverse impacts.
7-7
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Enmronmenta( aManagement
am!
V To record and communicate to the concerned persons, any
deviations observed from the original plan which could
create negative impact on the environment, for necessary
mitigation and compliance.
/ Appraise the community through public consultations about
the quality and the progress of work and seek their views.
* Effects Monitoring
o Among the duties of LESCO Environmental and Social Cell (LESC),
the monitoring of the predicted impacts stands dominantly. This
implies whether the socio-environmental effect of a project activity
is the same as envisaged during the ESA or otherwise.
o The specific objectives of the effects monitoring are:
To inform the relevant authority about any untoward
incident so that corrective actions may be taken the earliest
possible.
To bring changes in the design or site conditions as a result
of public consultations, with a view to minimize the adverse
environmental impacts.
v To ascertain the validity of the environmental parameters
like air quality, water quality, noise & dust generation.
* External Monitoring
The external monitoring will be carried out on quarterly basis. The
objectives of this process is to ensure that the provisions of the RPF and
EMMP are being implemented, the compliance and effect monitoring is
made regularly by the Supervision Consultant, grievance redressal
mechanism is adopted, public consultations are carried out, socioenvironmental training programme are being implemented, the Contractor
and the Supervision Consultant are maintaining the up-to-date records of
their activities, etc. For external monitoring, LESCO will hire the services of
independent Consultant for social monitoring. The social monitoring
parameters, as provided in subsequent section will be adopted in the
social monitoring process. The Monitoring Consultant will present the
findings of the study in the Quarterly Monitoring Report to the Client. The
LESCO will submit this report to the Donor. A provision of Rs. 0.80 million
has been kept for this activity in the social budget.
7-8
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Evonmental?anage

MSbonitoring Plan (EM{M)
* Monitoring Mechanism
It is proposed to undertake monitoring internally by LESC as well as
external monitoring by an Independent Monitoring Consultant. LESCO will
arrange hiring of such a consultant.
* Monitoring Protocols
The monitoring staff of LESCO will monitor the socio-environmental
activities in light of the monitoring protocols prepared by themselves.
These protocols must be properly controlled and revised when required.
7.4.4 Environmental Monitoring
* The pre-requisites of a sustainable monitoring plan of a project includes
the preparation of a detailed monitoring design for each of a project
induced impact, the objective of monitoring, key parameters to be
monitored, location, timing frequency, and methods of monitoring; data
formats including data collection level, data sheets, equipment used, both
field and laboratory office equipments, data storage and retrieval, data
reporting and responsibilities.
* Currently no such capabilities for monitoring are available with LESCO.
The suggested LESC will be in place in due course. For the interim period,
till the LESC is operational, it is suggested that Environmental Engineer,
LESCO in close liaison with the environmentalist of Supervision
Consultants will take care of the monitoring activities during the
construction and operation stages of the Project.
* Since no equipment for monitoring of environmental issues is currently
available with LESCO, therefore, the environmental monitoring will be
carried out visually. For instrumental monitoring of ambient air quality,
noise, vehicular emissions, water and wastewater analysis, the services of
some competent and reliable environmental laboratory would be hired
from the market. A budgetary provision of Rs.1.00 million has been made
in the budget, on lump sum basis
* Visual Monitoring Parameters
The main environmental issues for visual monitoring of the Monitoring
Consultant will be:
o Land and water pollution from spill of lubricants, oils, obnoxious
chemicals, construction waste material and waste from field camps
o Dust, smoke and noise generation from vehicles and machinery,
and operation of machinery
o Clearance of ROWs and access roads from vegetation and other
hurdles
7-9
and
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 EnvUronmenta(Mianagement

andT
fMonitoling Pfani (~EM!MP)
o Chance finding of antiquities
o Health and safety hazards
o Interruption of movement of local people and livestock during pole
construction and stringing of poles
O Disruption to communities safety due to insurgence of construction
crews
7.4.5 Monitoring Programme
Monitoring programme for the present project is given in Table 7.2
Table 7.2
Sr. No
Item
Monitoring Parameters
Duration Respons
ibilities
1 Air Quality * Particulate Matter (PM10)
Six
LESCO
* Carbon Monoxide (CO)
monthly
* Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
* Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)
2 Water
* Temperature
Six
LESCO
Quality
. pH
monthly
* Turbidity
* Dissolved Oxygen (D.O)
* Biological Oxygen Demand(BOD)
* Chemical Oxygen Demand(COD)
* Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
* Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)
* Nitrate
* E. Coli
3 Noise Level dB(A) scale
Six
LESCO
monthly
7.4.6 Socioeconomic Monitoring
The activities under the socioeconomic management and monitoring plan of
the selected works of the 6th STG Project are described as follows.
7-10
ThzsirnmentaIT9vIanagement and?
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 E ronmntaMnagetnt anP)
Monitoring Arrangements
The social monitoring will be undertaken to ensure the implementation of
the RPF at different implementation stages of the project. It will be a
continuous activity and will be managed by the Project Engineer through
LESC. The compliance monitoring and effects monitoring will be carried
out regularly by LESC in coordination with the supervision consultants and
discussed in the fortnightly review meetings. The Project Engineer will
ensure that the Project functionaries carry out the following activities
transparently.
I Verification of project-affected persons, specifically squatters, on the
basis of their national identity card numbers/ photographs, to ensure
that only those PAPs recorded before cut-off date are allowed to claim
entitlement benefits.
I identification of the public facilities and utilities needing relocation.
1 Identifying suitable relocation sites.
AI Signing leases and recording compensation payments in case of
delays.
I Providing shifting assistance to displaced squatters.
1 Verifying that the amount to be paid as compensation and the schedule
of compensation is in conformity with the provisions of the RPF.
AI Recording and addressing the concerns of PAPs during and after
resettlement.
The Project Engineer will provide the findings of monitoring activities in the
Monthly Progress Report regularly, with details of the issues and the
mitigation measures adopted under Grievance Redressal Mechanism
(GRM).
The external monitoring will be carried out on quarterly basis. For external
monitoring, LESCO will hire the services of independent Consultants for
social monitoring. The social monitoring will focus the parameters, as
provided in subsequent section. The Monitoring Consultant will present the
findings of the study in the Quarterly Monitoring Report to the Client. The
LESCO will submit this report to the Donor. A provision of Rs. 0.80 million
has been kept for this activity in the social budget.
* Monitoring Parameters / Indicators
The following parameters will be considered in carrying out the social
monitoring of the 6th STG lt Year (World Bank Finance activities):
O Number of PAPs to be resettled /relocated /provided livelihood
assistance along the transmission lines routes.
O Number of owners compensated for land acquisition, amount of
compensation and area of land acquired.
7- 11
{EnvironmentaI?41anagement and?
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Evr
naM aemeta
Mhonitorin SPlan (EM:JP
o Number of owners compensated for fruit / non fruit trees, amount of
compensation and number of trees.
o Number of owners compensated for loss of standing crops, amount of
compensation, area and type of crops.
o Inventory and valuation of PAPs' affected assets
o Notice period given to PAPs for their shifting from their original
locations to new sites
o Number of vulnerable PAPs (if any), compensated under the RPF
with details of affected source of livelihood.
O Verification of shifting assistance provided to displaced squatters.
O Number and nature of consultations carried out, as well as targeted
stakeholders
O Record of any problems due to power shut downs and mobility of the
people during construction, and whether the people of the area were
informed about these shut downs when and where required.
O Number of grievances recorded and redressed
O Key issues of conflict between PAPs and the contractors during
implementation of resettlement activities.
o Number of public facilities and utilities to be relocated
O Number of mosques/shrines/graves relocated (if any) and
corresponding contribution of affected communities and LESCO
o Verification of whether relocation of mosques/shrines/graves was
relocated as per the provisions of the RPF.
7.4.7 Institutional Arrangements
* Establishment of LESCO Environmental and Social Cell (LESC)
Currently LESCO lacks in manpower required to handle environmental
and social aspects of power projects. The immediate requirement of
LESCO is, therefore, to create its own Environmental and Social Cell
(LESC) manned with qualified, experienced and competent team of
environmentalist and socioeconomist. Deputy Manager DMP (T&G) is
suggested to be the Incharge of LESC. He will be answerable to Operation
Director. The proposed manpower may be taken from the existing
establishment or newly recruited. Suggested set-up of the proposed LESC
is shown in Figure 1.
7 - 12
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Envronmentaf9Management

and
Monitoring Plan (EMMP)
Chief Executive Officer, LESCO
Operation Director,
LESCO
Incharge LESC
Deputy Manager Planning (T&G
Figure 1 - Organogram of Composition of the Proposed LESCO Environmental
and Social Cell (LESC)
* Role and Responsibilities
The proposed LESC will assume the pivotal role to address the socioenvironmental issues experienced by the LESCO. Its main functions will
include:
o To chalk out training programmes and arrange training for the Project
functionaries at various levels.
O To carry out monitoring of the on-going Social and Environmental
aspects of 6th STG Project.
O To have a liaison with the communities through public consultation
process during construction and post-construction stages.
O To assist the Project authorities in the effective implementation of the
Grievance Redressal Mechanism.
O To liaise with other departments and agencies on socioenvironmental matters.
o To assist the LESCO's management on socio-environmental issues.
O To obtain necessary approvals from the Provincial Environmental
Protection Department.
7- 13
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Environmenta , [anagement
and
Monitoring Plan (~E~M9AP)
In addition, following programmes by LESC are proposed under the
regular plan for social training of the office and field staff at the full
functioning of the Cell. They will help in:
o Social Assessment and preparation of Resettlement Action Plan
(RAP) or Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF).
o Scientific evaluation and analysis of alternatives for finalization of
routes for lines and sites for grid stations
O Advanced techniques for the collection of socioeconomic data and
carrying out census of the project affected persons.
o Public consultations and various techniques applied in this process.
O Assist in land acquisition by following the agreed upon procedures.
O Better monitoring techniques during all phases of works.
The Environmentalist and the Socio-economist will be responsible for the
relevant matters relating to their specific disciplines.
* Cost of LESC
The LESC will be established as a regular entity of the LESCO.
However, the staff of the Cell will be actively engaged monitoring,
public consultations and overall supervision of the implementation of
the EMMP of the World Bank financed 6th STG Project works.
Therefore, the logistic costs are charged to the social and
environmental budget, as follows:
So I
QtyNo.
Unit Cost Total Cost
S.No. Item
o.
(Rs.)
(Rs.)
One time investment
Double Cabin
2
1,500,000 3,000,000
Operational / Running Expenses
1 POL Expenses Lump-sum
100,000
200,000
______per Annum
2 Maintenance Lump-sum
50,000
100,000
Costs
per Annum
3 Miscellaneous Lump-sum
50,000
100,000
Costs
per Annum
Total Costs
3,400,000
7 - 14
Environmentamtanagement and
Mfi* P(a (EMMP)
7.5 CAPACITY BUILDING / TRAINING
7.5.1 Capacity Building / Training Programme
The construction and implementation of 6th STG Project's 1 st year component is
located in the densely populated metropolitan city of Lahore, and is more
sensitive on social grounds. A post of Environmental Engineer has already been
sanctioned in the LESCO to take care of the environmental aspects. However,
there is no manpower available to deal with the social issues. It is recommended
that steps be taken by the LESCO authorities to get sanctioned a post of Socioeconomist. Efforts should be made to create the proposed LESC before the start
of Project works. However, as the 1 st year works are to start immediately and the
existing staff will be dealing with the social and environmental issues, so to better
understand and deal with these issues, the training / capacity building
programme is suggested for the 1st year, by hiring environmental and social
experts who are familiar with the latest developments in their areas of expertise.
The details of the training programme are furnished in Annexure-11. In the
meantime, with the creation of LESC and induction of requisite personnel, the
LESC will be able to devise training plans at various levels to take care of the
needs of the staff involved in the 6th STG Project, relating to environmental and
social issues assessment. The costs of these training programmes work out to
be Rs.0.20 million as per following details:
* Daily charges for the invited experts @ Rs.6,000/day for 18 days=Rs.108,000
* Other Misc. Charges @ Rs.2000/ day for 30 days = Rs.60,000.00
* Stationery and Training Material - Rs. 32,000.00
* Total Cost = Rs. 0.20 Million
7.5.2 Venue of Training
The courses will be run in the office premises of LESCO or at a suitable
location within the Project area. Site visits to the completed and on-going
projects will be arranged.
7.6 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN (TMP)
7.6.1 Need for TMP
During the construction of grid stations and stringing of transmission lines,
there is movement of vehicles carrying the materials, equipment and
machinery. This entails the increased traffic density and ensuing disruption of
human activities. With a view to continue with the routine life operations it is
imperative to regulate the follow of traffic
7.6.2 Concept of TMP for the Proposed Project
The proposed project is located in the highly urbanized city of Lahore and its
surroundings. However, except the Saggian grid station, all other grid station
sites are detached and are situated away from the mainstream traffic. TMP
for each site has been made in view of the existing topographical features and
the traffic load. Detailed TMP is given as Annexure-1 2.
7- 15
Thzironmental?vfngement and?
onmtf
n (MFnm[nt an)
7.6.4 Procedure for the Formation of the Proposed TMP.
* The TMP for the present project has been designed on the bases of
topographical features, traffic load, duration of the construction
activities, the project site conditions and the close liaison with the
relevant stakeholders. Involvement of the Lahore District
Administration, City Government and the Traffic Police has been made
for the preparation and subsequent effective implementation of the
TMP for the respective project sites .
* In order to ensure that people living in the surrounding localities of grid
station and those utilizing the roads in its vicinity are familiar with the
proposed closures of traffic during the construction operation an
elaborate mass awareness campaign will be launched. This will be
done through running the programmes over electronic media and print
media. Lectures about various aspects of the TMP will be delivered in
schools, colleges, mosques and town offices. Details are given in
Annexure 12.
* Total cost of TMP is about Rs. 1.00 million. Breakdown of this cost is
given in Annexure-12.
7.6.4 Summary of TMP for Saggian Grid Station and Allied Transmission Line
TMPs for the respective grid stations and transmission lines have been given
in Annexure-12. Here salient features of the TMP for Saggian grid station and
its transmission line are summarized. Two indicative plans have been given.
Plan 1 encompasses the diversion of traffic from across the Saggian Bridge at
Al-saeed Chowk and that entering from the Mall Road near university of
Animal and Veterinary Sciences. The local residents can use the streets/side
roads for their movement during the construction/stringing operation. Plan 2
envisages to disallow entry of the traffic from Bund Road towards the Outfall
road and also that entering from the Mall Road near university of Animal and
Veterinary Sciences. Plan 1 is recommended because it provides better
traffic control and causes lesser disturbance for the routine life activities.
7.7 CONTRACT DOCUMENT CLAUSES FOR MITIGATION MEASURES
Contract documents must incorporate the relevant Project works and required
mitigation measures. The main clauses to be incorporated in the document
are suggested as follows:
* The contractor shall carryout the ground clearing operation for removal of
vegetation by manual or mechanical methods. Chemical methods that lead
to chemical contamination of the site shall not be used.
* The contractor shall provide sufficient drainage arrangements to prevent
erosion of excavated soil material at construction sites.
7- 16
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006.07 EnvironmentaI9faagement

and
Monitoring Ptan (EM9WP)
* The contractor shall be fully acquainted with the environmental mitigation
measures and shall implement as per the directions of the Engineer
Incharge of the Project.
* The contractor shall take necessary precautions while stringing so as to
prevent accidents.
* No physical work will be initiated until all compensations have been made
to affectees.
* The Resettlement Policy Framework (RFP) and the Environmental
Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) will be a part of the contract
document.
7 - 17
CHAPTER
a0
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL
MANAGEMENT COST
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 {Environmental

andfociaLManagement Cost
8. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT COSTS
8.1 GENERAL
The construction of 1st year component of 6th STG Project will involve
purchase of land and cutting of trees from government and private lands.
Additionally, 3 project affected persons (PAPs) are identified who will not be
dislocated but their livelihood will be affected for a short period during the
stringing of transmission line. The compensatory packages for these social
hazards are discussed in detail as follows.
8.2 COMPENSATION OF LAND TO BE ACQUIRED
The 15 private owners of 41.65 kanals of commercial land, to be acquired for
Mominpura Grid Station, will need to be compensated as per prevailing
market prices. The prevailing price of the land was determined by consulting
the local people, the area Headman and officials of Land Revenue
Department. The per kanal price was reported as Rs.8 million. The estimated
cost works out to be Rs.333.4 millions.
A piece of land measuring 0.05 kanals will be required for pole siting in the
ROW of Inayatpura Transmission Line. The land in this area is costly, being
surrounded by the posh housing societies like DHA, State Life Housing
Society, Formanites Housing Society, etc. The reported price of one kanal of
land in this area is Rs.4 million. The estimated cost of this piece of land
comes to about Rs.0.2 million.
8.3 CUTTING OF TREES IN GOVERNMENT LAND
The number of trees and shrubs to be wiped out from the following four grid
stations and ROWs of transmission lines, located on the government lands is
587. The re-affirmation survey of the sites revealed that only 133 trees will
need to be cut, the rest are of low height or are bushes. No compensation will
be paid for these trees (Table 8.1).
Table 8.1
Trees and Shrubs to be Cut on Government Land
Sr.
No. of trees No. of Trees
No. Name of Site
and Shrubs to be Cut
1 Gulberg Grid Station Site
100
50
2 Saggian/Outfall Road Grid Station Site 20
3 Barki Transmission Line Route
22
5
4 lnayatpura Transmission Line Route 369
55
Total
511
110
8-1
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Environmentaf

andSocia(Management Cost
Similarly, the ROW of the abandoned 66kV transmission line from Lidhar
Road to Inayatpura grid station site, contain 76 trees of different species, only
23 trees will need to be cut:
Table 8.2
Trees and Shrubs to be Cut from Row of 66 KV Transmission Line
Sr No Name of Tree No. of trees and No. of trees to be
shrubs
cut
1
Beri
6
2
Shisham
30
5
3
Shahtoot
10
4
Poplar
29
18
5
Bunyan
1
Total
76
23
8.4 CUTTING OF TREES IN PRIVATE LAND
Cutting of trees in private land is involved only at a portion of transmission line
route of lnayatpura grid station. The transmission line, after traversing along
the Khaira Distributary, takes turn at Pole Site No. SPG-32, near village Leel.
Then, passing through private lands via Pole No. 33 finally connects to Pole
No. 34, located in the State Life Housing Society area. The land between Pole
No. 33 and 34 is a fruit orchard. Because of space limitation and existence of
houses the alternate routes are not available. The trees to be removed from
the ROW of above transmission line are listed as under.
Table 8.3
Trees to be Cut from Private Land of Inayat Pura Transmission Line
Sr. No.
Name of Trees
No. of Trees
1.
Eucalyptus
21
2.
Mango
32
3.
Jaman
4
4.
Poplar
4
5.
Shahtoot
13
6.
Pomegranate
15
7.
Falsa
12
Total
101
8-2
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Environmentaf anSfocia
Management Cost
8.5 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR THE COMPENSATORY
TREE
PLANTATION
Compensatory tree plantation costs are worked out after detailed discussions
with the provincial Forest Department experts. These costs provide the
breakup of expenditure of new plantation and maintenance of one avenue
kilometer, with 330 plants, up till the 5th year. The analysis reveals that a
budgetary provision of Rs. 1,400 per plant is required for the compensatory
plantation as detailed in Annexure-13. In total, about 133 trees are to be cut.
As per requirement of the provincial EPD, compensatory plantation is required
3 times the affected number. Thus, about 400 trees will have to be planted on
this account, involving an approximate cost of Rs. 0.56 million. For
compensatory plantation, enough space is available in the DHA and State Life
Housing Society; and along the Khaire Distributary.
8.6 CASH PAYMENT TO THE OWNERS OF TREES
The cash compensation for trees to the private owners is worked out as
Rs.1.81 million. The compensation values for fruit trees are based on the
following analysis.
*
Mango Trees
- Remaining Useful life
= 25 years
- Av. yield/tree/year
= 85 kgs
- Av. price/kg
= Rs.20
Total value per tree over remaining = Rs. 42,500
useful life
*
Jaman Trees
- Useful life
= 25 years
= 50 kgs
- Av. price/kg
= Rs.25
useful life
*
Other Fruit Trees
- Useful life
= 10 years
= 40 kgs
- Av. price/kg
= Rs.25
useful life
Source: The above information is obtained through personal interviews with the fruft
garden owners.
(The average yield figures as provided by the owners are compatible with the average
mango yield of 75 kgs per tree and 42 kgs for other fruits per tree (Agriculture Statistics
of
Pakistan 2004-2005, Tables 46 and 58).
The non-fruit trees have been valued @ Rs.1500.00 per tree to work out the
cash compensation to the private owners. These rates have been finalized
after discussions with the Forest Department personnel for trees of average
age ranging from 6-10 years. The details of cash compensation, on the basis
of these rates are given below:
8-3

CEnvironmenta(andSociaUManagement Cost
Table 8.4
Details of Compensation for Trees
PricetreeTotal
Tree
Number (Pricetree Compensation
(Rs.) |Amount (Rs.)
Fruit Trees:
Mango
32
42,500
1,360,000
Jaman
4
31,250
125,000
Pomegranate
15
10,000
150,000
Falsa
12
10,000
120,000
Total Fruit Trees
63 _
1,755,000
Non-Fruit Trees:
Eucalyptus
21
1500
31,500
Poplar
4
1500
6,000
Shahtoot
13
1500
19,500
Total Non-Fruit Trees 38
1500
57,000
Grand Total
101
1,812,000
Say
1.81 Million
Both the compensatory plantation provisions and the cash payments to the
private owners will be a part of the cost estimates as a separate cost item.
8.7 COMPENSATION FOR STANDING CROPS
Standing fodder crop at an area of 24 kanals will be affected during
construction activities of transmission line of lnayatpura grid station. The
compensation cost will come to Rs.0.102 million for 6 months (a crop season)
8.8 COMPENSATION FOR LOSS OF INCOME FROM GARDEN
The one-year income loss from fruit trees to be cut for the clearance of ROW
of transmission line comes to Rs.0.09 million. This will be the lost income by
the owner in the first year, which will need compensation. The amount has
been calculated at an annual income of Rs. 1,700/- per mango tree, Rs.1250
per Jaman tree and Rs.1,000/- per other fruit tree, as stated by the owners
and cross verified with the published data as stated above.
8.9 COMPENSATION FOR LOSS OF LIVELIHOOD
The business of the 3 squatters encroachers along Barki grid station
transmission line will be affected temporarily during the stringing stage, thus
affecting their income for a short period. A compensatory provision of
Rs.9,750/- for these PAPs equal to 1/2 month's of official poverty line (@
Rs.878.64 per capita per month) has been kept as compensation
8-4

EnvironmentalandSocia(Management Cost
8.10 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT COSTS
The costs of social and environmental plan of the World Bank financed 1st
year works of LESCO's 6th STG Project are estimated to be Rs.342 million, as
summarized in Table 8.5.
Table - 8.5
Summary of Environmental and Social Management Costs
S.No
Item
Cost
(Million Rs)
1 Compensatory plantation
0.56
2 Compensation to Private tree owners
1.81
3 Compensation for fruit trees income
0.09
4 Compensation for standing crops
0.10
5 Temporary loss of livelihood
0.01
6 Social Monitoring
0.80
7 Training and Capacity Building
0.20
8 Environmental Monitoring Costs
1.00
9 Environmental & Social Cell
3.40
9 Land Acquisition Costs
333.40
10 Cost of TMP
1.00
Total
342.37
Say Rs. 343 million
8-5
CHAPTER
IX 'll --,-,',, ...~. " - -". . ..... ...
,--&
CONCLUSIONS AND
RECOMMENDATIONS
-,
--sammo -
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Concfusion.s

=ud*conmmndations
9. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
9.1 PREAMBLE
9.1.1 The present ESA study has been conducted for environmental and social
assessment of the impacts caused due to proposed project intervention of
constructing 5 new grid stations and laying 17.1 km long transmission line in
highly urbanized city of Lahore and its suburbs. The ESA entails the part of
the 6th STG Project works in the year 2006-07, selected for World Bank
Financing. The relevant laws, rules, regulations and guidelines of the
Government of Pakistan and the World Bank have been followed while
preparing the ESA report.
9.1.2 There are three specific issues pertaining to the proposed project. Firstly, the
present electric supply system is extremely inefficient, overloaded, unreliable
and fragile which cannot meet the ever increasing demand for electricity.
Secondly, there is very limited space available for construction of grid stations
and laying of transmission lines. Thirdly most of the issues and impacts are
related to construction and operation stages.
9.1.3 An endeavour has been made to present only those recommendations which
are practical, economically affordable, technically feasible, environmentally
sound and socially acceptable.
9.2 CONCLUSIONS
9.2.1 Environmental Aspects
* The construction stage will face negative impacts in form of dust, smoke
and noise on account of employment of vehicles, machinery and
equipment. The generation of construction waste, solid waste and oil
spills/seepage will have negative impacts of land and air resources.
Further, the stringing process will involve traffic congestion at Saggian grid
station site. All such impacts are temporary and are of minor to moderate
nature. The mitigation measures have been suggested in the EMMP.
* The project operation phase will come across issues such as clearance of
ROW, leakage/seepage of transformer oil, generation of noise from
transformers and waste management. These are reversible impacts and
accordingly mitigation measures have been given in the EMMP.
* Major Positive Impacts
o Significant improvement in reliability and stability of electric supply
system.
o Improvement in voltage profile.
o Control of existing load shedding.
9-1
6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 Conchusims

andRecomnmendations
o There is insignificant environmental damage to local land, water and
biological resources.
9.2.2 Socio-economic Aspects
* On overall basis. 22 persons will be affected by the Project Activities.
* About 42 kanals of land will have to be acquired from the private owners.
* Standing fodder crop on about 3 areas of land will be affected temporarily
during the construction activities.
* Privately owned 63 fruit trees and 37 non-fruit trees will need removal.
* About 133 non-fruit tress of different species will need cutting from the
government lands.
* Source of livelihood of 3 squatter encroachments will be affected
temporarily during the stringing stage of Barki Grid Transmission Line.
9.3 RECOMMENDATIONS
9.3.1 Environmental Aspects
In view of the above mentioned conclusions of the ESA study the consultants
make the following recommendations for implementation by the LESCO.
* Being a responsible customer oriented corporate body the LESCO should
devise the Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Policy, Quality Policy
and Social Policy on priority basis.
* The LESCO should work towards obtaining quality, environmental and
social certifications for the international standards. This will improve their
public image also.
* The LESCO shall be equipped with the required environmental and social
know-how. This capacity should be strengthened the earliest in order to
meet the environmental challenges of the modern and environment
friendly electric supply system. Establishment of the LESC is the first and
foremost step in this direction.
9.3.2 Socio-economic Aspects
* The project affectees should be compensated for the loss of their assets
and livelihood according to the provisions of the Resettlement Policy
Framework.
* The land should be purchased at negotiated rates between the owners
and the LESCO.
* Compensatory plantation should be made in lieu of removed trees.
9-2
tI
A
AN NEXU RES
ANNEXURE
$ ~ ....... . .... - -.
a DETAILS OF LANDOWNERS OF PROPOSED
LAND FROM MOMINPURA STATION
-~ ~ ~ .qmmImoow
Annexure - 1
Page 1 of 2
Project Affected Persons and Detail of Affected Assets at
Khatoni Khasra
Land
List of Owners
Caste
Address
No
No. Kanal Maria
91
1388 4
16
1 Meraj Bibi
Gujjar Mauza Handu Gujjar, Mominpura,
W/o Ahmed Din
G.T. Road, Lahore
1389 9
16
2 M. Yaseen
S/o Ahmed Din
G.T. Road, Lahore
1583 3
17
3 M. Ali
S/o Ahmed Din
G.T. Road, Lahore
1584 4
0
4 Mijidan Bibi
D/o Ahmed Din
G.T. Road, Lahore
1585 5
2
5 Faizan Bibi
D/o Ahmed Din
G.T. Road, Lahore
113
1586 6
2
6 Ibrahim
S/o Nabi Bakesh
G.T. Road, Lahore
113
1581 8
0
7 Safi
S/o Nabi Bakesh
G.T. Road, Lahore
Total Land
41 13
8 Yaboob
S/o Nabi Bakesh
G.T. Road, Lahore
9 Ishaq
S/o Nabi Bakesh
G.T. Road, Lahore
10 Majidan
W/o Ismail
G.T. Road, Lahore
11 M. Younis
S/o Ismail
G.T. Road, Lahore
12 M. Mushtiaq
S/o Ismail
G.T. Road, Lahore
13 M.lshtiaq
S/o Ismail
G.T. Road, Lahore
14 Abdul Ghafoor
S/o Gama
G.T. Road, Lahore
15 M. Hussian
S/o Allah Bakesh
G.T. Road, Lahore
The "Khasra" numbers were provided by Mr. Amjad Ali Shah, Revenue Consultant,
LESCO.
The information relating to land and share owners was provided by Mr. Ubaidullah,
Patwari
of Mauza Handu Gujjar, from his official records.
Annexure - I
Page 2 of 2
Project Affected Persons and Detail of Affected Assets along Transmission
Line Route
Sr. Name
Father's NIC No. Address Populati Mont Affected
No
Name
on
hly Assets
Inco
me
(Rs.)
M Fem T
Land
Trees (No.)
al ale ot
(Kanals)
e
al
Type Tot Affected Affecte Shad Fruit
al Perman
d
e
ently Tempor
1 M. Ilyas
Mangal
35201- Village Leel, 4 2 6 1200 Agri. 8
0
5.00
10
0
Anjum
Khan
1946132-3 Mauza
0
Kamahan,
District Lahore
2 Mamman
Bhobla
35201- Village Leel, 9 7 16 5000 Agri. 12
0
5.00 8
0
Khan
Khan
8783336-1 Mauza
Kamahan,
District Lahore
3 Shaukat Ali Haji Karam 35201- Village Leel, 6 3 9 2000 Agri. 24
0.25
8.00 12
0
Bhatti
Din
8257259-9 Mauza
0
Kamahan,
District Lahore
4 Mohammad
Mohammad 35201- Village Leel, 1 2 3 1000 Agri. 36
0
6.00 8 63
Amin
Yasin
2717043-7 Mauza
0
Kamahan,
Annexure - 1
Page 3 of 2
District Lahore
5 Mohammad
Haji Shahab 35201Drugpura,
4 3 7 1200
0
0
Bashir
Din
6883223-1 Barki Road,
0
___ ___ ___ Lahore
_________
6 Faqir Hussain Mohammad 278-92Drugpura,
4 6 10 6000
0
0
Bashir
110981
Barki Road,
______ ______La hore
7 Mohammad
Meraj Din 268-90Drugpura,
3 2 5 9000
0
0
Munir
115532
Barki Road,
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ L a h o re
T
31 25 56
38
0
TA
L
63
Annexure - 1
Page 4 of 2
Project Affected Persons and Detail of Affected Assets along Transmission Line Route
Population
Affected Assets
Sr.
Monthly
Land
(Kanals)
Trees (No.)
No.
Name
Father's Name
NIC No.
Address
Male Female Total
Income
(Rs.)
Affected Affected
_
Type Total Permanently Temporarily Shade Fruit
Village Leel, Mauza
1 M. llyas Anjum MangalKhan
35201-1946132-3 Kamahan, District
4
2 6
12000 Agri.
8
0
5.00
10
0
Lahore
Village Leel, Mauza
2 Mamman Khan
Bhobla Khan
35201-8783336-1 Kamahan, District
9
7
16 5000 Agri.
12
0
5.00
8
0
Lahore
Village Leel, Mauza
3 Shaukat Ali Bhatti Haji Karam Din 35201-8257259-9 Kamahan, District
6
3
9 20000 Agri.
24
0.25
8.00
12
0
Lahore
Village Leel, Mauza
4 Mohammad Amin Mohammad Yasin 35201-2717043-7 Kamahan, District
1
2 3 10000 Agri.
36
0
6.00
8
63
Lahore
5 Mohammad Bashir Haji Shahab Din 35201-6883223-1 Drugpura, Barki Road, 4
3 7 12000
0
0
6 Faqir Hussain Mohammad Bashir 278-92-110981 Drugpura, Barki Road, 4
6
10 6000
0
0
7 Mohammad Munir Meraj Din
268-90-115532 Drugpura, Barki Road, 3
2
5 9000
0
0
TOTAL
31
25 56
38
63
ANNEXURE
,jj,,,i,,, ,,,,,,,,,,-~~~. . . .............. . ,,,,iX . . . sww-llxl-. ., .......... .... .....
TRANSFER OF LAND IN FAVOR OF LESCO /
WAPDA FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF 132 KV
GRID STATION AT GULBERG LAHORE
ANNEXURE - 2
OFFICE OF THE ZILA NAZIM
-L DISTRICT GOVERNMENT
LAHORE,
I
V S /t,/ .7 / N [. )3fo
N 5 '
t 8 SEP I
UI.tcd,
11he r.-1.iaging L' ieclu Vi.!'A,
I alhore.
-hihbe l TRANSFER O)F LAND) IN FAVOURt OF LESCO/WAI'DA FOR
'T'HE CONSRULC-TION
OF 132-KV CR1T) S'T'AT'ION A'I'
GU1I1.1 RG LAHORE,
I'lease l'iiii encl(scii a opxv of liotor No.3800 2000/2177-CSi, dIotcLI
III. L) It]( tL) I) ' ci ' )II ct rota rv (Co I cines-I), Boa rd I 1 ci (!Ve II Le, I 't I ,, 1 ) I a
ho c", o I
t l , flibVI S LI [)jit'l.
It II.S l1een1 intini.kd tO Ithe LUxBard (-I Ie\,c.ctie, P'unjab Ihai iltw tranisfr
ci lit Xi ivce smi qiet l Idi O Il lease basis lo I .iHCC I)a m e apnapproVed Lv tike Ca
hitei
,11 ilnel-0t10W. Ici';e aleiyoVnIIIIt miaiI .JL'9C() i ,ay Ie initiated v%ilhi cilhelr co&Ji
cit Ilitlitit's.
ii.. N ai in. Lahlicie, alter havin,"g tswon I ho aove refelrred letter. has
sicl priisi'l Ict1osr r. that \VAA s1li0,ld ilitiate lease 4010Aemenilll 1 tith IYLS( ()
1~I;lk'i t Ai thi lard lltjlluig', khiisra tNo.t'X &r 1101 sittMledl in r11izIa 1t uliia, L1,i1eio
Ii taili x appriu veI'dih II iv (l Ii of \1fi isteir, Piunjab.
It iS Iu(tu`si4`etd tlat Irtetll ne'eSSar5y aWt ion mayI phc se 1t1il seil
at t cidinglv
(
-PSO to
Nil azim,
Lahiore.
The C:hief LxecuLtive LL5CO, Ldhiore.
tPage of 2
Page 1 of 2
Z o Z a6ed
Ip LR LT. I, :.. f4 , ,
4 J,
LI' l T 'It; (I-TU a
*T PO 1_~ :S f,Pf L:,1 4: J!- :-! P-; l ,UjTQ ', , U, 16z'^T*, < l .:
vt< .l ']; .;V.! !-l,- Ffd;.T I1fi!;- 1." &! 47,F:, Ui
100 LO&ni ~fTJ
~ T~1f
-; :L3rp un r!:. t: p3'N
)UJ ''U7 'd ' - T 7
*J w U4T1 1 s t I '3 CL 49! -1atli- 2>
*ID 1 ~fz4
-> .-d -} -C L -. ---- -- ---- - -- -~ --' z
L 4 2Jrl : -T
' * t qy L1. ;-.-nt 13T r ro ' r JU -rirjI.01
> '1. ''fC
'': I tT .~' -C 1: .2 jC-. - , 4
{ , a-.- i , ;> * ,^t~: T> t. ,g ?3vt Q1
ANNEXURE
. ................. ...
TRANSFER OF LAND IN FAVOR OF LESCO
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF 132 KV
GRID STATION AT SAGGIAN LAHORE
ANNEXURE - 3
Office of the District Coordination Officer
City District Govt., Laliore
To
Exe ;ulive District Officer,'Revenue},
L[h Dre.
No DO(C)/ HC(G)/ D7 7
I catcd'1*
Subject:- TR .NSFER OF LAND IN 11AVOLIR OF LESCO FOR
CV14-rRVFION OF 132 KV GRID Sr1AII0N S,WGIAN
I.Al IORE.
Plee ise find enclosed herewith a copy ot letter No. ODL2j2u389-96 doled 17-04-2006, received from the Chief Executive Officer.
Lahore Electric ' upply Company Ltd., Lahore, on the subject cited above.
2.
You are requested to take ;rnmcdaiere necessary action in the
matter.
District Officer (Coord),
for District Cu7-;de Iinii-( COlfi(-A-r,
Lahore.
CC:
Ch;ef Executive Officer, Lahore Electric Supply Cnrnripri Ltd.,
Lal ore.
Page 1 of 3
- ---- .
2
!RcI
:r
U-1. T I51 I: I PL 1: L
Ii'l: ')211 1"N 1~ 9203482 E-imil. oj j Ia %.,. 1~'I. iIk
-i 1LLg 1 T
UJL.L. I% I I bAV U *,QQr:*
!A;J;.
I
lIC.I4w lcd l 'I Uic '1i.tu(w ;k vi' of Iand Rm3m ujnu (315 I' I 1 iQdZilmnii. i6
.SialL
Thic a itoc:~ild of [WId is f0und juimt fenIIble wiad 'uiIabi6h 1w CJLvt o yJ
)wvv 31 K tilIl{ L'tuuil li! \il N S iE trcw.nwj-, inci a t: Q!9lD 0, sJ,A Ll11VT 21 )
1II
F.') d tI i MN t ts IAiN 1it ,,e dr, it f wi L1Xm II ji 1 4ot oF
if) krilIV It l'Xiac e mC Li - V 11' , . t ) 1, . 1 . 5,!rviw o ue cSf L ihI C ' ily ~n ii e; d
iX C M:LL itIf i!1 It'.V I'
tIllC44tSiel 0/ i']s :ii i' i I iiiUs.' 1 ,n UC I I '.Oi f lated i m ibvLuJrt f31." Ai 1 i C11
vi Lii- ; I is C 1-IinLL iV
ii 0i id S ' K lL U; tI1W 1Uj i iiv i 111 in I Vllais icgm t uwuioi LIiic Cde
i)d''I- ; lio,| S iir lcl^ NIbILs9, ICIi, C111 IOcwl hctcllidC:U
n[;l.: ,,1V1...t..4FI1CTR\'i.1
CHIEF il .. Lk:.''
TIic )IAf l l'it i
The -1 2 'in in ilir'li A V IIJILI W ell i .ii' li' r hl d ' Thntinii
r 'l f:i1 jZivlxc t~irc. .,Ic CIs, 1.ct i ii,iIh1'r Dlvli. yI1e.1 rL i.\aii hio') I ,uKp[t.i , t i;uf
rive
-~ pi~aiir~I);c~1~i .YSCC Head Quarter Lajjk)u:e.,
alom n lz i X Dy k4;ii ix L j iil iia>;;xks pI)l* iid in Lin SC O ] Ilie. l svV lu ;lllslu
Wu l
Pag 2r of 3,
*RY ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~Pg
2. of 3 WulEStL l,.Fl,j
[I : A 1ii OR[' ElZE,CTR IC S UPPLY COMNPANY

fI^FC h
(7FC1/111T X ECA1'/ I /E OPlT,1 ERLESCO(
34-ICH .OLSO\' AUI. LA IJOUW
4
'Ich'1,'[iamn:lh 1t 920054344f Fw;i.v ~(i'r,i'
"'IiCII-C U: 1IRANFI ;I\i:iw OFI, .,Ni)
t;; ci i I ,\Tfwc'rfo
I . i : iI . iI i
s I r ' ;c t II _ . . '. '
Ill
1 111l l ilt' ; Zi l {vI I I:l r. . v A .- I- l.> I; v do lr,l .41<, I1 x Il o II I ;II -;i m
' {.z< Is .L'
tieu itul:I l. . : ,iI u ' u 1, ' I I:> ' ( Il:l ii , e w iL1i 1 V4 i t I I' J c .iI 1c uICi'A111
I' LI : 1 I t
j''1l.'t' 1llI'1ll{ ill .1,1 m il1 1lnllm Il Awa 1:,'w; ,':1. ,;' ::t1.
l1Ie u I i [I r I ui ii uu. 4Iu,
Ii ll., V, :. 111 .1 11. , tIl:, I - t " ,.. I ,I jil 4($1. 1 o;l"'.t .1 ' ..;'i : * It -.;l' ..
, IIx s I .s I : .ll. :tI2Jl .l i : I II ;I ll C lk .I l el,' I : 11 31.1. 9 III 'Li 1W j) w k .
1 ii >l i li-.l,l It* .l:l,!.
I L I IIt
.\
, O II I 5 I * i ih I II i.I III. .It io. , ,u o, i I Ir'
,;|l, i '. 1 )lz;I:r iV 4i iXll,r I l,1 Nt1 Il I> I.,!: I j:r-~ Ol" 1' nfl Ow, Vital 51". l ;!: . i
*l i :]IliL '1}' I[ I , W:1d Ill I:,:( fli"' col i II ' Li;tL' ioll II i.ti I t IIr j I lo nlS :z I, i1.
Il.,il kw ik on L: ty v
".11."11,;,'lI. 1:I' . t,*,l 1:1,,l.|^l.d,,;,llul,l, ;:l<ld iIljid SI tfl on .lcr.vill,l .h e t I,qV iL
l .~ k::
io ft'', Ip; ilt M l s" 1I I- O -1 ';i, iu',i; t j :1,
s; :b ; }l IrtlIc liii ~'Cl1 , ( till f e I )iDvi, II . . lt', Ui;i I iI(lu
X .'li';In* ;t
1 1 w ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ '" I ijl I 1111[ W I 1, V\ al O' ki u 'o i m l ' t if ' l t o) p1 Tl tZc 1
.,I ..5
(LahPg 3 of;.in
3
L ''1' '('
'1 II I; Ill
1
i
I)il''.ct r1.1 to' LE'S111:1' iAll%ld .' I 6''u 11;) r t'J;: .slI C Z' I;I1d;Il.i 1
kl'
k Vif l%'O[Li,."/' I [;
/ lt 1lti;ll\:r \,; |R.;;lt.,itl . i............... i.i11hli Vl3Ir";"'l )1' ;
1.)~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~Pg 3 ofw 3):; '.E4Wlt, 1,<1t;iNlet n;llai,la;i;cs:l
ci,tpcZW
ANNEXURE
bb .... . l .S
AU
APPLICATION FOR POSSESSION OF PLOT
IN DHA
ANNEXURE - 4
Ii
I !
I j , |-1
LAHORE
DEFENCE HOUSING AUTHORITY
APPLICATION FOR POSSESSION OF PLOT
f
TO
-Addltiil il UilwCI MUinitintean
Dpfenr.n I Ijninq AUthority
Lu1iQrc C4jutt.
Subject: SITE PLAN OF Pl OT
Dear Sir,
Please issue site plarif nttfy pll NO 46 Serlor-A.Phasee
anrit lIarld over to mc/my authorlsed atlorney. Photo copy of National Id.lir' Card i
Allotmcnt/Transter letter are attar;thed
ThHtiikin youtt,
Owner's Name: t '
_ _
Ynu 's faitltItriy
Addiess:
&f-t 1D 5TAUT f
Signature 21 -wT
N.I.C .No. I 1 Ij
1 1FTV
(Attorney)
N 1Reference No.
PAIRT 1
Demarcate thle ptlot H[1dfill in Ihe fullowiit
17 f'jit A
iF drn,r
(1) -f~ t.bounded by
~~2)
ft. bounded by_113~
Stnitl. titilernsiOtS (1 ) - 3 -1o
ft. bounded by ii
(2) (t51: t'
ft bounded by t L)J
- A rea ot PDlot:/ 3 8 Sft -/ , o)t
Standard,
Stt,
A t. (ML ( S
.. ,I .,r L
PART 11 Aedrtidional Dircetor M1.-aNt
\~d - ~ PART 1I
I Certifiled Iliat the owvnershiip is legal
2 All dues cleared by the appticant, possessionr nisy be handed over.
Secrete
PART Ill
I land over possession physically.
Survoyor
AdtJ'litg,il Lirector Mainter
PART IV
Possession handed over on -_._:_-_______.._Possessionl taken OvEI _ __
tOwner/Atlorney)
Page 1 of 2
1)DE -FINCE HOUSING AUTHORITYV.. LAHORE CANTT

'.-.~~~~~~~~~~T:1ARc.X.rs 1u -'.... jpV~ttjSITE P1 t };3AI J^ - t.- ..
.
,, .
I
u- b rside .... .. .
_ j 9 -- j* ! --|-.\.
2r. 0 - sh2 dr .a- s
S *, ,\ui3.
2D AoN ,W;
:iTG, -'SAT;
. .-< n f - ~32 KlA NAL .
j A. d:a. havt be= c!-d j- da:e
.,A
4.I ,4hot ina&lge in zrr uma-j*r Eed cnzr,nr -& vola6l
*
i,
Szcinels AsweiasCBI yla% (ri;u tc b th=
- -.I:LAJ la.C' VditE
. ..3 LI..1 jI. u r fot 3nspQr. nonf.
CosD.ti Thk nu r
D)t
C jyrms l }en. .r
n,ct.,. stc(
t~~~~~A
. ,- ' r'; -~
CD'
ANNEXURE
a - ...
GRID STATION IN
STATE LIFE HOUSING SOCIETY
ANNEXURE - 5
-! i State Life Insurance Employees Co-operative Housing Society&td.
P.O.BOX 2558, STATE UFE SQUARE, BLOCK NO.5. SECOND FLOOR, 4-GHAZI
ILMUDDIN SHAHEED ROAD,
LAHORE- PAKISTAN. TEL.042-7226296-7236011-7236O13
December 18, 2004
The Chief Executive Officer,
Lahore Electric Supply Company Ltd.,
Lahore.
Atten: Sr. Manager (P&D)
SUBJECT: PIECE OF LAND FOR PROPOSED GRID STATIONEXTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION OF STATE LIFE
INSURANCE CORPORATION EMPLOYEES
COOPERATIVE SCHEME SOCIETY LTD LAHORE.
Dear Sir,
This refers to the meeting held witlh your goodself on 15t11 December
2004 during my visit to LESCO Headquarters, on the subject.
We have consulted the record/correspondence available with tus
pertaining to the subjected case and observed that we were informed as per
Para 1 (v) of your letter No. 1841-45/l)RW/383/CAEB dated 07-08-2003 (copy
enclosed) that "The scheme was previously approved through two 11 KV
feeders from 132 KV Defence Grid Station but at this belated stage
previously proposed right-of-way is no more available, so please direct your
consultant to propose alternate route". Later, a reminder was also issued vide
your letter No. 9850-53/DRW/383/CAEB dated 24-01-2004 (copy enclosed) for
eX e-dl i t i n q the above proposal.
Since, there was a problem of right-of-way for construction of new
feeder from 132 KV Defence Grid Station and no alternate route along the
Drain was available, therefore, we decided to offer WAPDAILESCO a piece of
land for construction of new grid station within the scheme area and
Site Office: State Life Insurance Employees Co-operative Housing Society Adjacent
phase IV Defonse Housing Society,Lahore Canti
.e"co Cell # 0333-4204421, 0300-8441120, 0300-4348998, 030048423445, 03004348995
Page I of 2
Page 1 of 2
State Life Insurance Employees Co-operative Housing Society Ltd..

OFE
LAHORE -PAKISTAN. TEL:042-722629.6-7236011-7236013
aecordingl% direct(*d Mur consultant to prepare the proposzal for niev.
*
independent 11 KV feeders Froni this proposed grid station
AccCordingly', OUr ('onsultant NIs PowerCon-, vide their letter N')
SLIEHSfLhr.'Rev Design.O2 dated 21d August 2004- inform-led V,l1r (.)lfi,ab,out piece of kind Ind l ilso sent a cop. of "Akas Shalr,i- hiighlightmnp, tle I 1Acre piece of land for proposed grid station, a copy of the same is again
enclosed as ready reference.
We, therefore, request you to please accept the 4-Acre piece of land
already offered in thic scheme free of cost by us and also to make
arrangement for taking possession of the land/transferring the proposed land
at the earliest.
We have also requested our Consultant to prepare the proposal for new
independent 11 KV feeders from this proposed grid station and submit the
same to your Office at the earliest.
Thanking you,
Sincerely,
Mubarak Ahmad Malik
President
Copy to:
> M/s PowerCom
Consultants, Suit # 1, 1"t Floor, Khurram
Shopping Centre, Wahdat Road, Lahore for information and
necessary action as already discussed and requested above.
te Office: State Life Insurance Employees Co-operative Housing Society Adjacent phase
IV Defense Housing Society,Lahore Can"t.
IFSCO Cell # 0333-4204421, 0300-8441120, 0300-4348998, 0300-8423445, 03004348995
Page 2 of 2
Page 2 of 2
ANNEXURE
.
. . .... . ........... ...... ..........
X .................. .
U---DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE AND ASSET
DETAILS OF AFFECTED FAMILIES ALONG
TRANSMISSION LINE ROUTES
Annexure - 6
Sheet I of 5
Details about Respondents their Income and Expenditure Pattern
Gulberg Grid Station Site
jD
Marital Status Litracy Level
Population
No. Respondent's Name Father's Name
I UnLitrate
Adults Below
12 Years
Mridmarried Yes~ - Lev llitrat Female Male Fe Total
G-1 Naseer Ahmed
Mohammad Ali
1
1
8_
1
1 1
3
G-2 Waseem Khan
Nazir Khan
1
1
10
2
2
2 6
G-3 Mohammad Saleem Mohammad Tufail
1
1
10
2
1 2
3 8
G-4 Mohammad Altaf Nazir Ahmed
1
1 3
2
2
2
9
G-5 M. Ashfag
M.lshaq
1
1 1
1
1 3
G-6 H. Rashid Ahmed H.M. Sharif
1
1
10
7
6
5
5
23
G-7 Malik M. Riaz
Khushi Mohammad
1
1
10
3
2
3
2
10
Total
7
5
2 19
15 13 15 62
Percent of Total
100 ___
71
29 31 24 21 24 100
Mominpura Grid Station Site
ID
Population
No. Respondent's Name Father's Name Married UnLitrate rt Adults
Below 12 Yearsi
_
__
married Yes I Level - -a-Male Ferale
- Total
M-1 Shahid Hasan
Hasan Mohammad
1
1
10
5
8
2
5
20
M-2 lftikhar Pasha Kamal Pasha
1
1
5 =
2
1
| 1 4
M-3 Haider Ali
Mohammad Yousaf
1
I 1
8,
2
5
| 1
8
M-4 Mohammad Sajawal Kamal Pasha
1 1
14
11
1
M-5 M. Idrees
M.Bashir
1
_
1 9
7
4, 3 23
M-6 Ch.M.Anwar
H.Khuda Bakash
1
1
10
31 3
3
3
12
M-7 Haji M.Yagoob
Din Mohammad
1_
1 6
4
9
7
26
Total
6
1 5
2 28
28 18 20 94
Percent of Total
_
86
14 71,
29 30
30 19 21 100
Saggian Grid Station Site
ID
Population
ID. Respondent's Name Father's Name -rI UnLitrate I-ate Adults Below
12 Years Total
No.
Married married Yes Level Mlelitr | IFemale Male
TFemale l
S-i James Masih
Feroze
- 1
1 3
3
2
1 9
S-2 Asif Masih
Gulzar
1
1
8
1|
1 2
4
S-3 |Boota Masih
Karam Din
|_1 |
1 1
2 21 |
3
S-4 ShoukatAli
M.lbrahim
| 1
T 1
10
2
1 2
5
S-S Malik Shah Din Malik Feroze Din |
1_ _
1
8
1
1| 1 | 1
3
S-6 Majid Masih
Mohand Masih
1__
| 1 1|
1| _ 1
2
S-7 Mohammad Irshd Mohammad Shafi
1
1 4
2
2
3
11
Total
7_
3
4 13
1
9
4 37
Percent of Total
| _|
100 _
43
57 35 30
24 11 100
Annexure - 6
Sheet 2 of 5
Inayatpura Grid Station Site
L Marital Status Litracy Level
Population
ID. Respondent's Name Father's Name
UnLitrate
Adults Below 12
YearsTotal
No.
Married married Yes Level
Male |Female Male Female
1-1 Mohammad Yagoob M. Yasin
1
1
8
4
2
2
1
9
1-2 Mohammad Zubair Mohammad Ibrahim
1
1
4
4
3
1
1 9
1-3 M. Khan
Bablu
1
1 6
5
3
2 16
1-4 Boota Masih
Labhoo Masih
1
1 6
5
1
0 12
1-5 Zahid Fayaz
M. Amin
1 1
9
7
3
0
0 10
1-6 M. Rafigue
Himat Khan
1
1
9
10
6
3
1 20
1-7 Jan Mohammad
H. Ameer Din
1
1
8
1
2
2
1
6
1-8 Mohammad Irshad Kamer Khan
1
1
10
5
6
6
3
20
1-9 MunirAhmed
M.Khan
1
1
10
4
3
2
2 11
1-10 Ijaz Ali
Ashig Ali
1
1
10
4
6
1
2 13
1-11 NadimAhmed
Mohammad Munir
1
1
10
5
5
1
0 11
1-12 Mohammad Rafi Umar Din
1
1
9
3
8
2
0
13
1-13 Jamshed Ali
Liaqat Ali
-1 1
12
4
4
1
0 9
1-14 Shah Din
Makku
1
1
9
2
4
5
3 14
Total
12
212
2 65 62 30 16 173
Percent of Total
_
86
1486
14 38 36 17 9 100
Barki Grid Station Site
I D.
Population
N.Respondent's Name Father's Name Married UnLitrate ~llltrate Adults
Below 12 Years Total
|married Yes| Levei |
Male iFemale Male Female
B-1 Javed
M.Ali
1
1
12
4
3
|_
7
B-2 Nisar Ahmed
Inayat Mohammad
1
1 1
1
4
2
8
B-3 M.Munir
SafdarAli
1 1
8
5
3
2
101
B-4 Mohammad Zulfiqar lnayat Mohammad
1
1 4
3
4,
3 14
B-5 Arif Ali
Khushi Mohammad
1
1 2
5
3
1 11
B-6 Mohammad Tarig M. Shahbaz
1
1
8
3
4
4
2
13
B-7 Mohammad Akram Ahmed Ali

1
12
B-8 Jan Mohammad
Abdullah
1
1
B-9 Mashoog Ali
Shafi Mohammad
1
7
B-10 Roedad Khan
Allah Din
1
1
B-11 Mohammad Igbal Mohammad Din
3 15
B-12 Mukhtar
Abdul Ghani
1
B-13 M.Faroog
Qadir Bakash
1
B-14 Mohammad Saeed Mohammad Anwar
1
0 6
Total
11il
3 9
1 5
Percent of Total
79
21 64
10
12
1
2
5
8
1
1
3
8
10
2
0
1
3
1 3
1
1 3
4
1
9
51 39
36 36
0
2
2
5
0
5
3
3
1
0
4
13
3
0 4
4 18
2
1
321 19 141
28 231 13 100
Annexure - 6
Sheet 3 of 5
Gulberg Grid Station Site
No .
Livelihood Monthly
Expenses (Rs./Month)
Remaining
I. D Respondent's Name |Father's Name
NoE 9Epn-Food /oth
Rminn
No epnen' ae Fahr ae Source Income(Rs.) Food Items No-od
Utilities Total
Income(Rs.)
G-1 NaseerAhmed
MohammadAli
Business
15000
9100
1688
900
11688
3312
G-2 Waseem Khan
Nazir Khan
Business
25000
10300
6000
2650
18950
6050
G-3 Mohammad Saleem Mohammad Tufail Business
22000
8685
6433
2750
17868
4132
G-4 Mohammad Altaf Nazir Ahmed
Business
30000
13120
6800
5600
25520
4480
G-5 M. Ashfag
M.Ishaq
Pr.Service
10000
4060
1867
1350
7277
2723
G-6 H.Rashid Ahmed H.M. Sharif
Business
35000
9850
11800
4800
26450
8550
G-7 Malik M. Riaz
Khushi Mohammad Business
20000
8100
6200
2000
16300
3700
Total
157000
63215
40788
20050
124053
32947
Average
22429
9031
5827
2864
17722
4707
Percent of Total Income
_
40
26
13
79
21
Per Household AvAnnual Income & Expenditure (Rs.) 269143
108369
69922
34371 212662
56481
Total Sample Population
62
Total No. of Households
7
7
7
7
7
7
Av.Household Size
8.86
Mominpura Grid Station Site
No. Respondent's Name Father's Name Livelihood Monthly
Expenses
(Rs./Month)
Remaining
No Rspndn'sNae ahe'sNae
Source Income(Rs.) Food Items Non-Food Utilities
Total Income(Rs.)
Items
M-1 Shahid Hasan
Hasan Mohammad Business
20333
11860
5250
2000
19110
1223
M-2 Iftikhar Pasha Kamal Pasha Agri+Busi.

27000
5810
4208
800
10818
16182
M-3 Haider Ali
Mohammad Yousaf Cl.Labour
7500
4215
2468
400
7083
417
M-4 Mohammad Sajawal Kamal Pasha
Business
75000
21775
17400
20200
59375
15625
M-5 M. Idrees
M.Bashir
Business
60000
12680
6700
3500
22880
37120
M-6 Ch.M.Anwar
H.Khuda Bakash Agri+Busi.
85000
15900
27790
2650
46340
38660
M-7 Haji M.Yagoob
Din Mohammad Agri+Busi.
93500
20620
24500
7700
52820
40680
Total
368333
92860
88316
37250
218426
149907
Average
52619
13266
12617
5321
31204
21415
Percent of Total
_
25
24
10
59
41
Per Household Av.Annual Income & Expenditure (Rs.) 631428
159189
151399
63857 374445
256983
94
7
7
7
7
7
7
Av.Household Size
13.43
Annexure - 6
Sheet 4 of 5
Saggian Grid Station Site
I.D.
Livelihood Monthly
Remaining
NoRespondent's Name Father's Name
No Epn-Food s/Mnt)
No. Rsodn'Nae
Fte'Nae
Source Income(Rs.) Food Items No-od
Utilities Total Income(Rs.)
S-1 James Masih
Feroze
Govt.Serv.
12300
4350
858
500
5708
6592
S-2 Asif Masih
Gulzar
Pr.Service
7000
4120
2140
700
6960
40
S-3 Boota Masih
Karam Din
Govt.Serv.
5000
2620
827
400
3847
1153
S-4 Shoukat Ali
Milbrahim
Business
26800
12215
3717
2950
18882
7918
S-5 Malik Shah Din Malik Feroze Din ClILabour
5000
2945
1533
420
4898
102
S-6 Majid Masih
Mohand Masih Pensioner
3500
1420
765
500
2685
815
S-7 Mohammad Irshd Mohammad Shafi Business
45000
21420
14325
2800
38545
6455
Total
104600
49090
24165
8270
81525
23075
Average
14943
7013
3452
1181
11646
3296
Percent of Total
_
47
23
8
78
22
84154
41426
14177 139757
39557
37
7
7
7
7
7
7
Av.Household Size
5.29
____ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___Inayapura Grid Station Site
-. D
N. RshLivelihood
Monthly
Remaining
No esodntsNae Fthrs ae
Source Income(Rs.) Food Items Itemsoo Utilities
Total Income(Rs.)
I-1 Mohammad Yagoob M. Yasin
Business
25000
1900
3981
1000
6881
18119
1-2 Mohammad Zubair Mohammad Ibrahim Labourer
9700
2540
3164
900
6604
3096
1-3 M. Khan
Bablu
Labourer
14500
5303
4817
500
10620
3880
1-4 Boota Masih
Labhoo Masih Labourer
9500
3210
3417
550
7177
2323
1-5 Zahid Fayaz
M. Amin
G.Srevice
27000
3320
3367
1500
8187
18813
1-6 M. Rafigue
Himat Khan
Business
27500
8310
6250
1100
15660
11840
1-7 Jan Mohammad
H. Ameer Din Business
20000
2590
2190
1500
6280
13720
1-8 Mohammad Irshad Kamer Khan
P.Service
15500
7770
4625
1900
14295
1205
1-9 Munir Ahmed
M.Khan
G.Srevice
8000
3630
3515
500
7645
355
1-10 Ijaz Ali
Ashig Ali
Business
15000
3090
4345
500
7935
7065
I-11 Nadim Ahmed
Mohammad Munir Business
11000
4940
3733
1600
10273
727
1-12 Mohammad Rafi
Umar Din
Labourer
11000
3567
2967
700
7234
3766
1-13 JamshedAli
Liagat Ali
Labourer
13500
2900
2653
800
6353
7147
1-14 Shah Din
Makku
Livestock
18000
2350
4410
900
7660
10340
Total
225200
55420
53434
13950
122804
102396
Average
16086
3959
3817
996
8772
7314
Percent of Total
.
25
24
6
55
45
Per Household AvAnnual Income & Expenditure (Rs.) 193029
47503
45801
11957 105261
87768
173
14
14
14
14
14
14
Av.Household Size
12.36
Annexure - 6
Sheet 5 of 5
Barki Grid Station Site
No .
Livelihood Monthly
Remaining
No. Respondent's Name F
Source Income(Rs.) Food Items Non-Food|
Utilities
Total Income(Rs.)
B-1 Javed
M.Ali
Business
21000
2220
2088
1900
6208
14792
B-2 Nisar Ahmed
lnayat Mohammad Business
6500
1500
3082
1400
5982
518
B-3 M.Munir
Safdar Ali
Business
15000
3160
3057
1500
7717
7283
B-4 Mohammad Zulfigar Inayat Mohammad Business
30417
5160
528
21600
27288
3129
B-5 Arif Ali
Khushi Mohammad Business
13000
2730
4255
600
7585
5415
B-6 Mohammad Tarig M. Shahbaz
Business
18500
4925
4667
550
10142
8358
B-7 Mohammad Akram Ahmed Ali
P.Labour
6000
1188
2710
900
4798
1202
B-8 Jan Mohammad
Abdullah
Labour
5500
1450
1089
700
3239
2261
B-9 Mashooq Ali
Shafi Mohammad Business
9000
3380
2863
350
6593
2407
B-10 Roedad Khan
Allah Din
G.Service
6000
3740
3408
700
7848
-1848
B-11 Mohammad lgbal Mohammad Din
G.Service
13000
2672
2963
1500
7135
5865
B-12 Mukhtar
Abdul Ghani
Labour
8200
2540
1533
1200
5273
2927
B-13 M.Faroog
Qadir Bakash
Business
12000
2600
4195
2900
9695
2305
B-14 Mohammad Saeed Mohammad Anwar Business
22000
2780
2227
1700
6707
15293
Total
186117
40045
38665
37500
116210
69907
Average
13294
2860
2762
2679
8301
4993
Percent of Total
22
21
20
62
38
34324
33141
32143
99609
59920
141

14
Av.Household Size
14
10.07
14
14
14
14
ANNEXURE
iL
DETAILS ABOUT RESPONDENTS THEIR
INCOME AND EXPENDITURE PATTERN
ANNEXURE - 7
Possession of Household Items
Sr.
Saggian Mominpura Guiberg Inayatpura Barki
Item
No.
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
1 Refrigerator
4 57
7 100 7 100
5 36 8 57
2 Deep Freezer
0 0
3 43 3 43
5 36 1 7
3 Television
6 86
7 100 7 100
5 36 6 43
4 Washing Machine
5 71 7 100 7 100
5 36 6 43
5 Electric Fan
7 100
7 100 7 100 14 100 14 100
6 Electric Iron
7 100
7 100 7 100 13 93 10 71
7 E.Sewing Machine
5 71
7 100 7 100
9 64 4 29
8 Radio/Tape Recorder 1 14 1 14 4 57
1
7 7 50
9 V.C.R.
1 14
3 43 3 43
0
0 0 0
10 Dish Antina
0 0
0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0
11 Air Conditioner
0 0
3 43 1 14 0
0 0 0
12 Electric Water Pump 2 29 7 100 4 57 5 36 8 57
13 Computer
0 0
1 14 2 29 0
0 0 0
14 Microwave Oven
0 0
0
0 1 14 0
0 0 0
15 Air Cooler
1 14
7 100 7 100
1 7 0 0
Page 1 of 1
ANNEXURE
......... . .. ....,,.. .. ...
L
POSSESSION OF HOUSEHOLD ITEMS
Annexure - 8
Sheet 2of 2
Access To Social Amenities - inayatpura Grid Station Sample
Sample Number
Sr Social Amenities 1
2o
3 NNo -o
No
Easy Difficult AN Easy Difficult Acso Easy Difficult ANss Easy Difficult
AN Easy DcAccust Eesy Difficult Access NAcs
1 Electncity 1 = 1 =
1 1 1
1
1
1
1
2 Sui Gas
1__
3 Water Supply
1
1
1
1
1
1
4 Telephone 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Sewerae /Dramnae
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7 Fuel Wood 1
1
1
1
1
11
Sample Number
Sr Sorial Amenities 8 9
1i
1 1
1 12
1 3
1 4
N
Easy Diriult N Access Easy Difficult Nocess Easy Df Dficult Access Easy
Diffcult Access Easy D Dffiult Access Easy DiffNcult Acces
1Electncity 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 SuiGas
1 __| '| I 1 1
1
1
1
1
1
3 WaterSuppl I 1
1 1 1
1 I
1 I I _1 I I 1
4]Telephone 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
51sewerage/Drainage
11
1
1
1
1
1
6 KeroseneOil 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7IFuelWood 1 I
1 | |
I1
1
1_ _
1
1
Access To Social Amenities - Barkd Grid Station Sample
No |NEs|orfcl|
ces Easy| Difficult No essEasyl Drfficult |ANo Easyl Dfficult |No
|Easy| Difficult ANo |Nay|odcl |ces Easy |Difficult Noces
I 1Electncity 1
1
I1 1
1
11 T T r ,
r r l 1
2 S1ui Gas I
| 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1
1i i
1
j 3 Water Supply j
1 '
1 j j i 1j j i 1j j i i i i
4,itelephone
| |1|
1
| l l 1| 1|
1 515eweng /Dange
r 1 T ir
T fr r T 1 r T 1r 1r r T r T t
6Krosene Oil | 1|
1j
| j j 1
7 ]|Fuel Wood | '
1|
1| 1
| | | | I I 'I 1
1| 1
l l
Sample Number
ISr.
8 oaA eite 9 | 10 | 1
1 2 | 13 |
14
No Soia Amnte Easy| Drfficult |ANos Easy |Difficult |Nccss Easy| Diffirult |ANoe5s
Easy| Ditricult |ANo |Easy| Difficult |ANo |Easy |Difficult |AN.es Easy |Difficult |ANoe
I ElBectncity I l F F 1
I
1 7 l 1 1
11 1 7 ' 7 l
2 S1ui Gas l
1 l l 1
| l l 11
1 l l 1 11
3 3Water Supply |
1 7 7 1| 11
1 i i 1 1l
i
4 |Telep one | 1
1
11l I 1 T r r * T l r
T r T T l
| I SS w rg/riage | l l 1
| l l 1
1 1 1 ,
1 1 1 ,
| 6 K rosene Oil | 1| 1 | | | 1
1 | | | 1| l l 1
7 ]|Fuel Wood
1' II III' I' I I I I I I '
Annexure - 8
Sheet I of 2
- ___
_ .Access To Social Amenities - Saggian Grid Station Sample
_S ample Number
Sr. Social Amen1ties
l
2
3
4
5
6
7
N.Easy Difficult
No Easy Difficult No Easy Difficult No Easy Difficult
Eoasy Difficult No Easy Difficult No Easy Difficult N
N _o_________
Access
Access
Access _
Access
Access | Easy Access |
Access
1 Electricity
1
1
1
1
1
2 Sui Gas
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
3 Water Supply
1 1
1
1
1
1
1
4 Telephone
1 1
1
1
1
1
5 Sewerage / Drainage 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6 Kerosene Oil
1
1
1
=
1
1
7 Fuel Wood
1
1
1
1
1
1
Access To Social Amenities - Mominpura Grid Station Sample
|___
_ | |Sample Number
Sr.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
No. Social Amenities
No
No
NO
No
No
No
No
Easy Difficult Access|
ess|Acce
ss
Easy Difficult AccessEasy Difficult
Access Easy Difficult Access sy DifficultAccess
1 Electricity
1 1
1
1
1
1
1 2ISui Gas
1
1
11
1
1
___1
_
__
3 Water Supply
1
1
1 | __
1
1
,1
1
1
4 Telephone
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5 Sewerage / Drainage |
11|_| 1
1 1
1
6 KeroseneOil
1
|
| 1
|
| 1
|
| 1
|
| 1_
____
7 FuelWood
1 _
1 1
|
| 1
|
| 1
|
| 1 _
___I
Access To Social Amenities - Gulberg Grid Station Sample
Sample Number
Sr.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
No. Social Amenities
N
oN
oN
oN
Easy Difficult No Easy Difficult No Easy Difficult Access Easy Difficult Access Easy
Difficult Access Easy Difficult Access Easy Difficult Access
1 Electricity
1 _ _
1
|
| 1
|
1
1
11
2ISuiGas
1__
1__
11
1
1
3 Water Supply
1
1
1 1 _,r__
1
1
1
1
4 Telephone
I
1
1_ _
1
1
1
_
1
5 Sewerage I Drainage I1 _ _
11 1 _
11 1 _
1
1
1
__1 1 1
6 Kerosene Oil
7 Fuel Wood
An=osoo 3
A T.ss-To aoCII As.-, Os-In.o.ro-nrid S alion Sa...l
No, No
No 1No E NoD . No No
No-N
No
No , No
No
oN
Easy D Easy|D lo Easy r ,5 - - I E c asy E...D. Ey |Dcf Easy |D Easy DNt
EasyAiN- f Easy ADflff r Easy |DOflE|l Easy |DSIlc r Easy D EA a 1 E lec orlaoao = 3 * 1 1
3 = =I
T ' T ' 1 0 1 II
'I I I
2 So, Gas1111.1,
3 W ade r S osr o I 1 1 1 1
I
1 1
1 1
-1 1
TS ralpoo 1 Irrw
1
1=
1 - 3I
11
1
| F 6 l o o 1 K r In
y
11|
1
I 11 1 1
Il 1
3WaolsEolar,oa
RrkGlINaNnaml
ES, Isa
NiI
I I-i I i
N. Sooanol 14 111
111
2
IFEo.WTDO.1
I.1E1.1 1 I E 1. 1
1
y. f. ft N N' E I 1f A'N
Access To Social Amenities

Sr No. Amenities
Easy Difficult Access
1 Electricity
86
14
0
2 Sui Gas
57
43
0
3 Water Supply
100
0
0
4 Telephone
86
14
0
0
0
6 Kerosene Oil
100
0
0
7 Fuel Wood
100
0
0
Sr.o. Ameites
Easy Difficult No
Sr.
Amenities | O(%) I (%) Access
1 Electricity
100
0
0
2 Sui Gas
100
0
0
3 Water Supply
43
0
57
4 Telephone
100
0
0
0 43
6 Kerosene Oil
100
0
0
7 Fuel Wood
100
0
0
Sr.No Amenities lEasy Difficult No
(%) (%) Access
1 Electricity
100
0
0
2 Sui Gas
100
0
0
3 Water Supply
100
0
0
4 Telephone
100
0
0
0
0
6 Kerosene Oil
0
0
0
7 Fuel Wood
0
0
0
Inayatpura Grid Station
Sr.No. Amenities
Easy Difficult No
SrN.
% I(%) Access
1 Electricity
100|
0
0
21Sui Gas
0
0 100
3|Water Supply
21
0
79
4 Telephone
86
14
0
0 93
6 Kerosene Oil
100
0
0
7 Fuel Wood
I 100|
0
0
Barki Grid Station
Sr.o. Ameites
Easy Difficult No
SrNo
Amenities
(%) (%) Access
1 Electricity
100
0
0
2 Sui Gas
0
0
100
3 Water Supply
29
0
71
4 Telephone
79
7
14
5 Sewerage / Drainage
14
0
86
6 Kerosene Oil
100
0
0
7 Fuel Wood
100
0
0
ANNEXURE
. .j . ... .. .....I.,. 1..1..,. ,,,. .. , ."".. ,.", - . .... - .- , ...,...
.1
Nb=
, -1
lw
ACCESS TO SOCIAL AMENITIES
BY GRID STATION
Annexure - 9
Sheet 1 of 2
Women Role in Different Activities - Saggian Grid Station Sample
-_ |
Sample Number
Sr.
Activties_
3 _ _4
5 _
_6
_
_7
_ _
No.
AParticipation
Decision Participation Decision Participation
Decision Participation Decision Participation Decision Participation Decision
Participation Decision
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
1 Household Activities
100
70
50
50
100
50
100
50
100
60
80
50
80
50
2 Child Caring
70
20
100
80
100
80
80
50
100
50
100
50
80
50
3 Farm/ Crop Activities
4 Livestock Rearing
_________50
50
50
20
5 Property Matters
50
10
20
0
20
0
30
10
40
10
10
0
60
10
6 Social Obligations
50
50
50
20
100
50
100
50
80
50
80
50
50
50
7 Local Representations
Women Role in Diffirent Activities - Mominpura Grid Station Sample
-_
_
|
Sample Number
Sr.
Activiies_13
4
5
6
7 ____
No.
AParticipation
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%) |
%)
Making(%)
50
20
100
70
80
70
100
80
70
50
70
50
70
70
2 Child Caring
70
30
70
50
70
50
80
70
80
70
70
50
80
50
20
0
30
0
20
0
50
20
50
20
4 Livestock Rearng
I _______
S PropertyMatters
50
10
50
20
10
0
100
70
50
10
40
10
40
10
50
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
20
Women Role in Different Activities - Gulberg Grid Station Sample
|_ | j
Sample Number
Sr.
Activities_
_ _
3 _ _
1_
5 _
_6
_ _7
_ _
NoAi. Participation
_ _
_
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
(%)
Making(%)
70
50
80
70
g0
80
50
50
70
50
70
50
80
70
2 Child Caring
80
80
80
50
90
60
50
50
70
60
80
60
4 Livestock Rearing
5 Property Matters
40
10
40
10
60
20
60
20
20
10
70
20
go
so5
70
20
70
50
60
10
50
50
50
5
______20
51
20
50
50
50
C
I.,
C DL DL DL
DL Do -X0L000d06 1501L
DOe DO 06 0O D6 DO 0O DO 0O DOs DO D De DO DO DOR 09
L 0O DOs DO DO DO D OL DO DO
500pBqqD 00S9
DL DO
~ DS o 9 ~ 09 o s
L o
O D DS DO Ot DO
D 0 O
-n5. A,DOdO 0
OL
OL DO L
DC DL
5000DD OE
at DO O DO0 DO6 D DO DO DO DO DL IOR DO DO DO DO OL
DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO
W&O PD4L Z
(%)D009On (% (%)&0I15y W%) (%)&o.lSYI -7%l- (%O051 (0 ()oiv (%)&o,sV4 1
90 (%)D000 (9) (000m0 (0 (%)WMOlvy (9) (00010 % 9)01.n (9) (0005 9) (9)Wvy
9) ((o,OO (0
01OLC
LI
at
a
9
0
0c
C
L
00P N
F
00-N 01d000
DO DO DO D O D a O D ODt
DO Ot DO Dt D O D t D
D O D O DO DO D DO
00L090100L
DL DO DE DO DL DO
o
9
0
&d
a
DO DL DO DO D
S00000DOO0Od
DL DO
D DO,.j
se Ss ot 09 OL 0 m OL m m O OL 10L
06 0 0o 09
0
900000). 0'
se oz 96 06 w OL OL N OL m L 06 9 DIOIL, 06
J 6 U E 06
DO DO DT7= DO- DrT -T%7 DO DOT%7 m- DO at M DOn DO DO DO DO D
DO D DO at DOT DO DO DO DOW.-A(% (%67-- DO DO7TM-m-v DO
DO-m D0SZ%)
DO DO Dt DO dO DO- DO DO dO O a O a O D t D d G~dO - dO
DO DO DO DOd DO .-1 dO C 0 DO D
OLNP00nH
900,9-d 9(050 (0
l 9(D'dL5 ( (0 O~ (d '90 p.l- 0 9) 9) 0 % 0010 --a I .,.d,O d
-d7 -d (90(0195 -d 7OI V
0000 0L00S 0500 Ld0a0 000 0SIOS 000D Oodost 00100 OedDd soo Lelas 000D
OSOOSo 0500 0LDDS4 000 OLSIIDd OO'0D 0LeItad 0000 010OOd 0000 0ED008
0000D 0L-N05 0S0 0Ld-L5dO
old0S000E ..;AubOeso;au,- ju .
OIdWOs 0050P0
tntAo-05bOIYtL*O0!50 SLD
CL C 00
Women Role in Different Activities

Sr.No.
Activities
Participation Dmakin
87
54
2 Child Caring
90
54
0
0
4 Livestock Rearing
14
10
5 Property Matters
33
6
73
46
0
0
Sr.No.
Activities Participation (%) Makisin(%
77
59
2 Child Caring
74
53
24
6
4 Livestock Rearing
0
0
5 Property Matters
49
19
50
43
3
0
Sr.No.
Activities
Participation (%) Makising%
73
60
2 Child Caring
64
51
0
0
4 Livestock Rearing
0
0
5 Property Matters
31
10
66
36
13
15
lnayatpura Grid Station
Sr.No.
Activities
Participation (%) Decision
___ ___ ___ ___ ___ __ ___ ___ ___ ___ M aking(% )
2 Child Caring
4 Livestock Rearing
5 Property Matters
Barki Grid Station
Sr.No.
Activities Participation (%) Making(%)
86
79
2 Child Caring
85
78
6
3
4 Livestock Rearing
16
10
5 Property Matters
49
20
79
54
5
2
ANNEXURE
U-w
I
WOMEN ROLE IN DIFFERENT ACTIVITIES
BY GRID STATION
Annexure- 10
Page 1 of 24
Public Consultations
The involvement of local communities in the process of Project designing,
construction and operation stages is a pre-requisite of the World Bank vide its
Operational Policy (OP 4.01) on public consultation. Accordingly, public
consultations were made and scoping sessions were held at the proposed grid
station sites and along the routes of the transmission lines. The objectives of
these consultations were:
i. Share information with stakeholders on proposed power supply improvement
works under 6th STG Project and expected impacts on the socioeconomic
settings in the area of impact.
ii. Understand stakeholders concerns regarding various aspects of the Project
including existing conditions of the power supply situation,
up-gradation requirements of the existing distribution arrangements and likely
impacts of the improved power distribution arrangements by LESCO on their
living patterns.
The aim of scoping is to ensure that the ESA Study addresses all key
environmental issues of importance to the decision makers. It enables the ESA
Study Team to discuss and record views, comments and observations of the
project stakeholders about project opinions, mitigation measures for negative
social environment impacts and enhancement measures to achieve the positive
impacts. To achieve these objectives, a number of scoping sessions and public
consultations were held at the proposed grid stations sites and along the RoW of
the proposed transmission lines. People were contacted through personal visits
and appraised about the Project. They were requested to attend the meeting to
share their views. Announcements from the loudspeaker of the mosques in the
nearby vicinity were also made to make public aware of the meetings. In the
beginning of each scooping session, the Consultants provided the details of the
works to be undertaken through the 6th STG project to the participants and they
were asked to express their views and concerns about the project. Besides,
focused group discussions were also made with the males and females.
The public consultation forums used were:
Consultative Meeting held with the general stakeholders
Scoping sessions held with local communities
Focus group discussions held with general highway users, including
transport passengers, vehicle drivers, roadside shopkeepers, and
passersby.
Annexure - 10
Page 2 of 24
The details of the consultative meetings are given as follows.
a. Consultative Meetings
1. 132 kV Grid Station, Gulberg
i. Date
22-03-2006
ii. Venue
Proposed Grid Station Site, Canal Park, Gulberg-ll, Lahore.
iii. Number of Participants 14
iv. Detail of Proceedings
The participants were appraised in detail about the objectives of constructing the
grid station at PHA nursery site. All the participants welcomed the idea and
objectives of the Project and expressed their views / concerns as follows.
. The proposed site is full of greenery. It helps in reducing the effects of
harmful gases from the drains effluent. The design of the grid station should
be developed in such a way that minimum trees and bushes are cut.
. The gases originating from the drains are so poisonous that the metals,
particularly iron and cooper are rusted away in just a year. So, special care
should be made by LESCO to save the installation from this menace,
otherwise the grid station may cause life security risks to the general public.
. To avoid mishaps as a result of kiting, proper safety measures should be
provided at the grid station.
* While constructing the boundary wall of the grid station, a proper sized road
should be provided along the drain to facilitate the movement of the vehicles
for the garbage collection and clearance of the drain.
. The transmission wires should not be a threat to the existing dwellings
around the proposed grid station site.
* The participants were of the view that the construction of a grid station is the
dire need of this area as they are constantly facing power trappings and
power shut downs of long intervals, particularly in the summer months. This
not only causes mental upset ness for them and their families but also bring
a great economic loss as a result of slow business activities. The
construction of grid station will help to overcome these problems.
* On the right bank of the Gulberg drain, the area of Gulberg-1 is located. This
area is situated on the road connecting Jail Road with the Main Market. Big
houses measuring 8-20 Kanals are situated in this area. The consultants for
his views about the proposed grid station contacted one of the residents, Mr.
A.Karim s/o Late Haji Abdul Razzaq, a resident of the house just opposite the
PHA nursery gate. He was of the view that the presence of a lot number of
trees and plants was a blessing for the residents of the area as these help in
combating the ill effects of the bad odor form the drains. He was of the view
Annexure - 10
Page 3 of 24
that the construction of a grid station in this vicinity was a good idea but the
site of the grid station should be shifted towards the Post Office side, at
about 0.5 km away from the present site, at the right bank of Gulberg Drain.
He was of the view that removal of the trees and greenery from the grid
station site will badly affect the already harmful neighboring environment
caused by the drains.
Views of the Nazim, Union Council No. 95
Nazim and the concerned councilors of the Union Council No. 95 of Local
Government, in which the proposed area fall, extended their full agreement and
support for the construction of the grid station at PHA nursery site. They were of
the view that this grid station will help in overcoming the power shortages and
power trippings.
LIST OF PARTICIPANTS
Sr.No.
Name
Father's Name
Address
.
.i
Al-Madina Steel works, (Market parallel to Drain) Canal Park
1. Malik Mohammad Riaz
Malik Khushi Mohammad
Gulberg, Lahore
(Labour Councilor UC-95)
2. Haji Rasheed Ahmed
Haji Mohammad Sharif
President, Qaumi Tajir
Ittehad Market, Canal Park, Gulberg,
2.
Rs d mM
a dLahore
3
Vice President, Quami Tajir Ittehad Market,
Canal Park,
. Mohammad Saleem
Mohammad Tufail
Gulberg, Lahore
4. Mohammad Yasin
Haji Mohammad Shafique
Main Restaurant, Canal
Park Road, Market, Gulberg Lahore
5. Mohammad Sharif
Haji lnayat Ali
Canal Park, Gulberg Lahore
6. Majid Akash
Jeet Masih
Farmil Autos, Canal Park, Gulberg,
Lahore
7. Mohammad Imran Yousaf
Merag Din
Maxpower Autos, Canal Park
Market, Gulberg, Lahore
Ihata Bihari Lal, Canal Park, Gulberg,Lahore
8. Mohammad Waseem Khan
Nazir Khan
Secretary General, Quami Tajir Ittehad
9. Nazir Ahamed
Mohammad Ali
10, Mohammad Altaf
Nazir Ahamed
11. Muhammad Ijaz
Noor Mohammad
Ihata Bihari Lal, Canal Park,
Gulberg Lahore
12. Mohammad Rizwan
Haji Rasheed Ahmed
Canal Park, Gulberg,
Lahore
13. Mohammad Ashraf
Rashan Din
Canal Park, Gulberg II, Lahore
14. Mohammad Ashfaq
Mohammad Ishaq
Canal Park, Gulberg II,
Lahore
Annexure- 10
Page 4 of 24
2. 132 kV Grid Station- Mominpura
i. Date
13-03-06
ii. Venue:
iii. No. Of Participants 16
iv. Details of Proceeding
The meeting was held at the proposed grid station site, at main G.T Road, Adda
Chabeel The views and concerns of the people of the area are given as under:
* All the participants were of the view that the construction of a grid station was
the need of the area.
* They were concerned about the compensation package of their land from the
government.
. They demanded that lands for grid station should be paid according to
prevailing market rates and not according to government rates.
* They were very concerned about it as according to them, they have very
small land holdings generally in Kanals, being the only source of their
livelihood. If the government takes these at the nominal rates, they will be at
the mercy of prevailing economic situation with uncertain opportunities of
livelihood.
* Some of the participants suggested to shift the grid station site from main G.T
Road towards the inside area, where the price differences is visible for the
acquisition / purchased of land.
* They were of the view that construction of a grid station in their area will help
in enhancing the business and agriculture related activities.
Views of the Nazim Union Council 49
The Nazim of Union Council 49, in which the area of the proposed grid station
falls, expressed full favour for the construction of a grid station in this area and
offered all cooperation in this regard.
Annexure - 10
Page 5 of 24
Sr.No.
Name
Father's Name
Address
1
Ch. Amjad Hussain
Haji Mohammad
Wara Gujjran, Handu Gujjar, G.T
Road, Lahore
Hussain
2. Ch. lftikhar Ahmed
Ch. Safdar Ali
Adda Chabeel, Handu Gujjar, G.T Road
Lahore
3. Mohammad Saeed
Rehmat Ali
Adda Chabeel, Handu Gujjar, G.T
Road Lahore
4. Ashfaq Ahmad
Abdullah
Jhuggian Mozang, Adda Chabeel, G.T
Road, Lahore
5. Mohammad Idrees
Mohammad Bashir
Jhuggian Mozang, Adda Chabeel,
G.T Road, Lahore
6. Mohammad Shaid Hasan Hassan Mehmood
Jhuggian Mozang, Adda
Chabeel, G.T Road, Lahore
7. Haider Ali
Mohammad Yousaf
Road, Lahore
8. Iftikhar Pasha
Malik Kamal Pasha
Jhuggian Mozang, Adda Chabeel, G.T
Road, Lahore
9. Ch. Maqsood-ul-hasan Ch. Abdul Majid
Mauza Lakhodar, Mominpura,
Lahore
10. Ch.Mohammad Anwar
Haji Khuda Bakash
Mauza Lakhodar, Mominpura,
Lahore
11. Haji Mohammad Yaqoob
Din Mohammad
Mauza Lakhodar, Lahore
12. Ch. Mohammad Hussain
Ch. Chirag Din
Mauza Lakhodar, Lahore
13. Ch. MohammadSuleman
Ch. Rehmat Ali
Road, Lahore
14. Sardar Ali
Wali Mohammad
Sharif pura, Lakhodar, G.T. Road
Lahore
15. Mohammad Boota
Mohammad Ashraf
Sharif pura Lakhodar, G.T. Road
Lahore
16. Ch. Mohammad Asghar
Ch. Mohammad Tufail Wara Gujjran, Adda Chabeel,
G.T Road Lahore
Annexure - 10
Page 6 of 24
3. 132 kV Grid Station - Saggian
i. Date 18-03-2006
ii. Venue:
Proposed Grid Station Site, Bund Road,
Lahore
iii. Number of Participants 15 (Male=13 Female= 2)
iv. Details of Proceedings
The meeting was held at the proposed grid station site. People were invited
through personal contacts and through loudspeaker announcement from the
nearby mosques, to attend the meeting at the proposed site. This land is
presently in the possession of CDGL and an asphalt plant is working there. This
area falls in Union Council No 70. The Nazim of this Union Council, Mr. Majid
Hussain, while participating in the discussions told that people of the area are
making efforts to shift the asphalt plant from the site. Adjacent to this compound
is a graveyard towards Main Band Road. Due to limited area of this graveyard,
the people of the area are facing difficulties in finding space for burial purposes. It
was explained by the Consultants that the grid station will spend a small piece of
land from this big compound and the rest of land may be used as graveyard.
However, there is sufficient space available in this compound for the construction
of a grid station even if the land is spared for graveyard and no person is affected
in case a grid station is constructed here. As far as connectivity of transmission
line is concerned, it is free from any type of social hazard, as its RoW will lie in
the green belt of the Outfall Road and Saggian Road. The participants welcomed
the construction of a grid station with following remarks.
* All of the participants welcomed the plan of grid station construction in their
area, as they will get rid of the dust menace from the asphalt plant. They
were, however, of the view that some space should be reserved for
graveyard extension from the compound.
* They were of the view that the local people must be provided some type of
employment in the grid station.
* According to them, with the construction of grid station, the value of their
property will increase.
* The grid station should be fully protected from the kiting menace.
Views of the Nazim Union Council-70
The Nazim of Union Council - 70 welcomed the idea of construction of a grid
station in his area as they are facing power supply problems. The area is influxed with the plastic cottage industry and the construction of a grid station will
provide relief to the housewives, students and the business community in the
area. He was of the view that if possible, some space from the compound should
be given to graveyard.
Annexure- 10
Page 7 of 24
Sr.No.
Name
Father's Name
Address
1. Bashir Masih
Sundar Masih
Mohalla Nijat Pura T/No.4, Sanda Kalan,
Bund Road, Lahore
2. Samuel Ilyas
Veru Masih
Mohalla Nijat Pura T/No.4, Sanda Kalan, Bund
Road, Lahore
3. Mohammad Irshad Mohammad Shafi
Mohalla Nijatpura, T/4, Bund Road,
Lahore
4. Shoukat Ali
Mohammad Ibrahim T/4, main Bund Road Sanda Kalan, Lahore
5. Yousaf
Salamat
T/4, Main Road, Mohalla Nijatpura, Bund Road,
Lahore
6. Younas Masih
Mahand Masih
llyas Park, Taj Company, Bund Road, Lahore
7. James Masih
Feroze Masih
Ilyas Park, Taj Company, Bund Road, Lahore
8. Boota Masih
Ch. Karam Din
9. Aslam
Chiragh
llyas Park, Taj Company, Bund Road, Lahore
10. George Masih
Sadiq Masih
11. Asif
Gulzar
12. Majid Masih
Mahand Masih
Ilyas Park, Taj Company, Bund Road,
Lahore
13 Riaz Begum
Councellor, Union Council -70, Ouffall Road
Lahore
14 Zahida Parveen
Councellor, Union Council -70, Outfall Road
Lahore
15 Majid Hussain
Nazim, Union Council -70, Outfall Road Lahore
Annexure - 10
Page 8 of 24
4.
132 kV Grid Station - Inayatpura
i
Date
18-04-2006
ii Venue
Leel Village, near Grid Station Site.
iii No. of Participants
12
iv
Details of Proceedings
The meeting was arranged at village Leel. The "Numberdar" of this village, Mr.
Shah Din cooperated in arranging this session by motivating the people to come,
sit and discuss their views with the Consultants. The views of the people
regarding the construction of grid station in the area and the siting of
transmission line are given as below:
Generally all the participants welcomed the construction of grid station in the
area because such facility is not available in the near vicinity and they are
facing shortage of electricity supply.
They were of the view
that turning / siting of transmission
line should be
planned in such a way that less and less orchard trees are affected in
private lands.
* The owners were of the view that the compensation for their fruit trees
should be made prior to the start of construction works.
* The grid station should not be for the State Life Housing Society only
People of the area should benefit from it, as it is being constructed by
government funds
* The transmission line should not cross over the private houses.
* The construction activities should not restrict the mobility of the people.
The construction material should not be dumped in the water channel
Local people should be provided jobs during construction
Sr. No
Name
Father Name
Address
1 Shah Din
Makku
Village Leel, Union Council Kamahan, Lahore
2 M. Yaqoob
M. Yaseen
3 Rehmat Ali
Ahmed Din
Village Jathol, Union Council Kamahan, Lahore
4 Amanat Ali
Rehmat Ali
Village Jathol, Union Council Kamahan, Lahore
5 Jehangir
Sher Muhammad Village Jatthol, Union Council Kamahan, Lahore
6 Rashid Ahmed
Manza Dev. Kalan, Union Council Kamahan, Lahore
7 Boota Masih
Laboo Masih
Village Lee], Union Council Kamahan, Lahore
8 Ijaz Ali
Ashiq Ali
Sultan Colony, Mouza Lidhar, Union Council Lidhar,
Lahore
9 Nadeem Ahmed
Muhammad Munir Sultan Colony, Union Council Lidhar,
Lahore
10 M. Rafiq
Himat Khan
11 M. Amin
Mohammad Yasin Village Leel, Union Council Kamahan, Lahore
12 Ashgar Ali Councilor
Annexure - 10
Page 9 of 24
5.
132 kV Grid Station - Barki
i
Date
30-04-2006
ii Venue
Main Barki Road - Baowala
iii No. of Participants
10
iv Details of Proceedings
The meeting was held at a roadside hotel at village Bao-wala, Barki Road. The
participants were apprised by the Consultants about the construction of a grid
station in Bhangali area (DHA Phase VI) and the transmission line. The people
expressed their views as follows:
* The construction of a grid station is need of the area.
If any body is affected with the construction activities, he should be
compensated.
The transmission line should not obstruct the business or normal activates
of the people of area.
The construction of grid station will help in stopping load shedding.
Almost all the agricultural land has been sold to the private housing
societies; hence, the grid station will not make any positive impacts on
agricultural production.
* The poles should not cross over the houses
* The existing line should be removed
* Instead of a number of lines, there should be only one main line on the road
side
* We have no objection on the construction of a grid station or transmission
line.
Sr. No
Name
Father Name
Address
1. Zafar lqbal
lqbal Hussain Baowala, Barki Road, Lahore
2. Rodad Khan
Allah Din
Village Janidran, Mouza Bhangali, Barki Road,
Lahore
3. Mohammad lqbal Mohammad Din Village Janidran, Mouza Bhangali, Barki
Road, Lahore
4. Muhammad Mukhtar Abdul Ghani
Mauza Bhangli, Lahore
5. Muhammad Farooq Qadir Bakesh
Baowal, Barki Road, Lahore
6. Nisar Ahmed
Anyat Muhamamd Baowal, Barki Road, Lahore
7. Arif Ali
Khushi Muhamamd Baowal, Barki Road, Lahore
8. Muhammad Akram Ahmed Ali
Village Baowal, Barki Road, Lahore
9. Muhammad Saeed Muhmmad Anwar Village Baowal, Barki Road, Lahore
10. Muhammad Munir SafarAli
Baowal, Barki Road, Lahore
Annexure - 10
Page 10 of 24
b. Scoping Sessions and Focused Group Discussions
MAIN CONCERN EXPRESSED BY THE STAKEHOLDERS
No. of Participant
Date
Venue
.
P
Major Concerns
Men Women
09-06-2006 Village Leel, near 32
05 * Electricity bills are very high and
Inayatpura Grid
poor man cannot afford.
Station Site
* We face load shedding 18 hours a
day. The grid station should be
constructed in this area. It will
help in decreasing load shedding.
* The lines of the new grid station
should pass through the fields
where these will be safe.
* LESCO's planning of providing a
grid station in this area is very
good. The electricity from this grid
station should be for all the people
and not for housing society only.
* The poles and wire of transmission
lines should not disturb to private
property.
* LESCO should give the schedule
of power shut down, to the
consumers so that the employer
and student do the arrangements of
water and their other facility.
* Electricity bill rate should be
lowered. In this way all the people
will avail this facility of supply
power.
08-06-2006 Momin Pura (Near
24 * The area is rural type and female
Social Public
use washing and other machines in
School)
their homes and due to load
shedding all the work is disturbed.
* Electricity is a source of earning of
livelihood for us. We use electric
sewing machines and embroidery
Annexure - 10
Page 11 of 24
No. of Participant
Date
Venue
P
Major Concerns
Men Women
machines to supplement our family
income.
* People face irrigation problem due
to shortage of electricity.
* In this area a new grid station is
needed because there is only one
grid station in this area, and that is
heavily loaded due to construction
of new housing societies.
* LESCO should give schedule of
load shedding.
* We mainly carryout dairy farming.
Due to load shedding, our milk and
other dairy products are spoiled,
thus putting us in great mental and
economic stress.
10-06-2006 Saggian, Ilyas
15 * Electricity charges are very high
Park, Out Fall
beyond the reach of a poor family.
Road
* We pay TV tax but have no TV.
* There is no pattern of load
shedding.
* Existing grid station covers wide
area. So we need new grid station
and LESCO should start work.
* We are happy to listen about the
new grid station. It will relieve us
from the load shedding and we will
be able to manage our household
affairs in a better way.
10-06-2006 Baowala, Barki 14
* In this area grid station is very
Road
important because here new
residential colonies are emerging
alongwith industries and the area is
becoming populated day by day.
* Every month reading should be
checked properly.
Annexure - 10
Page 12 of 24
DateNo. of Participant
Major Concerns
Men Women
* Faulty meter should be replaced
with new meter
* Due to new grid station unit
charges should be decreased.
11-06-2006 Near Social Model 23
* We are facing problem here due to
School (Ada
heavy load of electricity.
Chhabeel
* We utilize electricity in all aspect
like as in agriculture, factory,
homes, sol load is very heavy due
to grid station the load will become
balanced.
* Every institution has free help line
like as 15, 1122, etc. and LESCO
should also give this facility.
* Due to load shedding our system is
disturbed like school timings sleeping time.
* Govt. should make some policies
related to electricity benefits for
poor people.
* If grid station is constructed it will
help in solving electricity related
problems.
* We appreciate such projects which
will provide relief to public.
* Due to new grid station will not
face load shedding.
* Due to load shedding and low
power supply we face economic
problems. Our electric appliances
are burnt thus putting us in great
economic and social stress.
12-06-2006 Ithad Market, 27
* In this area we are facing many
Welding Shop,
difficulties due to inefficient and
Near Gulberg Grid
faulty distribution network of
Station Site
electricity. A new grid station is
the need of the area.
Annexure- 10
Page 13 of 24
Date
Venue
No. of P icipant
Major Concerns
Men Women
* This area is surrounded by rich and
poor. Poor people pay more
charges of electricity than AC
owners.
* Meter reader does not take correct
reading.
* Sometimes we sell our domestic
things to pay electricity bills.
* Load shedding is a frequent
phenomenon in this area. The rich
can manage it by installing power
generators but we poor business
owners are affected a lot.
* Load shedding is without any
announced schedule.
* We fully support the construction
of a new grid station which will
relive us from load shedding.
12-06-2006 Drugpura Adda, 23
* The existing grid station covers a
Barki Road
wide area and load is heavy and if
a new grid station is provided in
this area, then load on the existing
power distribution network will
decrease. This will relieve us from
great economic and social stress.
* In our homes, female use electric
irons, fans, washing machines,
sewing machines, to carry out their
routine household activities and
they are at great stress due to
frequent load shedding.
* The load shedding has no schedule
and it occur any time.
* All categories of people like old
women, housewives, school and
college student, and madrissah
students are affected by load
shedding.
* School timing and office timing is
also affected by load shedding.
Annexure - 10
Page 14 of 24
DateNo. of Participant
Major Concerns
Men Women
Due to heavy load on the existing
grid station, a new grid station is
the need of this area and all are
thankful to LESCO for providing
this facility.
13-06-2006 Near Hotel Fruit
17 . This area is very populated and
Shop (Gulberg)
electricity use is very high.
* People use AC, refrigerator and all
other electric thing which increase,
load and become a cause of load
shedding.
* A new grid station is the need of
this area.
. We are more affected by electricity
as compared to male because male
go out of the homes during load
shedding.
* If LESCO gives us new Grid
station then load shedding will
decrease.
. Education institution play very
important role in the progress of
country and due to load shedding
they are affected.
* Load shedding has no timetable
and it occur any time.
. If new grid station is constructed
here, the load shedding will
decrease.
. The area is divided into rich and
poor. Poor areas face more load
shedding then the rich areas.
Annexure - 10
Page 15 of 24
14-06-2006 Millat
Girls
11 * It is a very good step of
School, Badian
constructing a new grid station in
Road
this area.
* Load shedding has no timing. It
happens many times a day putting
our home life in great trouble.
* If we dial telephone to LESCO
office, they do not attend us during
load shedding.
* It is a good project because this is
a populated area and existing grid
station has heavy load. It will
decrease load shedding and
charges of units. New grid station
is the demand of the area.
* We appreciate LESCO to launch
this project and favour strongly.
Annexure- 10
Page 16 of 24
List of Participants
Site Location: Village Leel
Date: 09-05-2006
Male: 32
Female 05
Sr. No.
Name
Sr. No.
Name
1. Mr. Iftikhar
20 Mr. Kala Khan
2. Mr. Shoaib Shah
21 Mr. Abdul Rehman
3. Mr. Shahbaz
22 Mr. Liaqat Hussain
4. Mr. Shamoon
23 Mr. Mustafa
5. Mr. Muhammad Shahzad
24 Mr. Siddique
6. Mr. Muhammad Fiaz
25 Qudisia Shahzad
7. Mr. Muhammad Amin
26 Mr. Niseer Ahmed
8. Mr. Ishtiaq Ahmed
27 Haji Mushtaq
9. Mr. Muhammad Shahid
28 Mr. Ali Muhammad
10. Mr. Muhammad Saeed
29 Mr. Muhammad Aslam
11. Mr. Miraj Din
30 Mr. Muhammad Akbar
12. Mr. Ibrahim
31 Mr. Karamat
13. Mr. Murtaza
32 Mrs. Sajida Majeed
14. Mr. Muhammad sharif
33 Baba Azmat Khan
15. Mr. Muhammad Akram
34 Nasreen Bibi
16. Mr. Ahmed Din
35 Zareena Gul
17. Mr. Muhammad Amin
36 Mr. Nooman
18. Mr. Shah Din
37 Mr. Abdul Haq
19. Nuzhat Jehan
Annexure - 10
Page 17 of 24
Site Location: Moman Pura
(Near Social Public School)
Sr. No.
Name
1.
Miss Neemal
2.
Amina Mughal
3.
Khadija
4.
Nabila
5.
Mehwish
6.
Mujahid
7.
Abida
8.
Shaista
9.
Khalid
10.
Kaniz Bibi
11.
Beenish Khan
12.
Maida Naqvi
13.
Rabia
14.
Rafia
15.
Ruqqia
16.
Marium
17.
Ishrat
18. Irshad
19.
Momina
20.
Zil-e-Huma
21. Aqsa
22.
Nimra
23.
Shabana
24.
Freeda
Date: 10-06-2006
Female: 24
Annexure - 10
Page 18 of 24
Site Location: Saggian, Ilyas Park
Female: 15
Sr. No.
Name
1.
Miss Adeela
2.
Miss Nasreen
3.
Sadia
4.
Maria
5.
Madiha
6.
Kanwal
7.
Ismat
8.
Afshan
9.
Shehla
10.
Parveen
11.
Javaria
12.
Sughran Bibi
13.
Fatima
14.
Haleema
15.
Zainab
Date: 10-06-2006
Annexure - 10
Page 19 of 24
Site Location: Village Baowala, Barki Road
Male: 14
Sr. No.
Name
1. M Arif (army)
2. Allah Ditta
3. Shabbir
4. Ghulam Ali
5. Sana ullah
6. M Zafar
7. M Farooqi
8. M Muneer
9. M Arfan
10. Ghulam Fareed
11. Maqbool Ahmad
12. Amir Ali
13. M Ilyas
14. Sattar Ahmad
Date: 10-06-2006
Annexure - 10
Page 20 of 24
Site Location: Near Social Model School
(Ada Chhabeel)
Male: 23
Sr.
Name
No.
1.
M Nasir
2.
M Shafique
3.
M tazeem
4.
M Adrees
5.
M Ishaq
6.
Abu Bakar
7.
Safdar
8.
nawaz
9.
Abrahim
10.
M Shoaib
11.
Nasir Ali
12.
Mazhar
13.
Ijaz
14.
M Shakeel
15.
Ahmed yar
16.
Abdul Rauf
17.
Izhar ul Haq
18.
M Afzal
19.
M Naseem
20.
Sohail Haider
21.
Imran
22.
Zafar Ali
23.
Akram Khan
Date: 11-06-2006
Annexure - 10
Page 21 of 24
Site Location: Itthad Market, (Gulberg)
Male: 27
Sr. No.
Name
1.
Saleem Ahmad
2.
Yaseen
3.
M Ilyas
4.
Iftikhar ud Din
5.
M Rizwan
6.
Jameel
7.
Farooqi
8.
Hafiz M Arshid
9.
M Mushtaq
10.
Siraj Khan
11.
Naveed
12.
M Iqbal
13.
Muneer
14.
Mair Ali
15. Ahmed ali
16. Amanullah
17.
Nadeem
18.
Akbar
19.
Shahbaz
20.
Sarfraz
21.
M Khalid
22.
Zulifqar
23.
Gulzar
24.
Nazir
25.
Inayat ullah
26.
Rafeh
27.
Sanaullah
Date: 12-06-2006
Annexure - 10
Page 22 of 24
Site Location: Drughpura Adda, Barki Road
Male: 23
Sr. No.
Name
1.
M Adrees
2.
Ataullah
3.
M Hanif
4.
Iqbal Qamar
5.
Sharbat Khan
6.
Abdul Shakoor
7.
M Sharif
8.
Rana Waseem
9.
M Sajid
10. Imran
11. Asad Ali
12.
Hassan Ali
13.
Mohsin Ali
14.
M Mumtaz
15.
Muneer Abbas
16.
Zafar Ali
17.
Ozair Khan
18. Azhar Abbas
19. Imtiaz
20.
Shah Zia
21. Tufail
22.
Junaid
23. Aftab
Date: 12-06-2006
Annexure - 10
Page 23 of 24
Site Location: Ihata Bihari Lal, Near Gulberg G/S Site Date: 13-06-2006
Female: 17
Sr. No.
Name
1.
Miss Sarwat
2.
Surriya
3.
Razia
4.
Parveen
5.
Sumaira
6.
Riffat
7.
Naima
8.
Uzma
9.
Javaria
10.
Kalsoom
11.
Krin
12.
Monsora
13. Nasira
14.
Zarfishan
15.
Kojishta Rehan
16.
Mrs Shazia
17.
Murriyam Ahsan
Annexure - 10
Page 24 of 24
Site Location: Millat Girls School Badian Road
Female: 11
Sr. No.
Name
1.
Sadia Jabeen
2.
Noreen Ilyas
3.
Ayesha Saeed
4.
Ayesha Tabassum
5.
Zaib Nisa
6.
Asma Asad
7.
Farzana
8.
Fazeelat Bibi
9.
Farhat Perveen
10.
Sania
11. Tasmia
Date: 14-06-2006
ANNEXURE
- P . ........... . .. . .. . ... . .. ........ .......... ..
-U
.
........ .. .... . .. ....... ..... ..
PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS
Annexure-1 1
Training Programme for Capacity Building
Training
Participation
IgencPart
Topics
Duration
Design Team, Selected LESC Experts -Concept of environments, its components, interTwo Courses of 2 Days
LESCO Management
and External relationship and dependence among components,
Duration, ( one prior to the
Staff
Consultants -Introduction to Environment and Social Assessment, start
of Project and the othe
at Construction Stage)
-ESA, RFP & RP
-Environmental and Social sensitivity of project area
-Mitigation Measures: RPF, RP, EMP
Selected site personnel LESC Experts -General Environmental and Socioeconomic
Awarness,
and External
Consultants
-Environmental and Social sensitivity of project area 2 days
-Consultation process and its importance
-Community Issues,
-Land acquisition procedures
One day
-Environmental and social Assessment Techniques
One day
-Techniques of Social and Environmental Monitoring One day
-Mitigation Measures,
Two days
-Awareness of transmissible diseases
One day
-Social and cultural values (including gender)
Surveying Staff
Experts from Explanation of environmental and social parameters to
One course of 2 days
WAPDA
be considered while carrying out surveys for existing duration at the start
of field
Environmental and new grid stations and transmission lines activity and two cources of
Cell (WEC) and
one day duration to be
Central Design
reapeated at propoer
Office, WAPDA
interval.
Drivers
LESC Experts Road Safety, Defensive Driving, Waste Disposal,
Duration: one day ( to be
Cultural Values and Social Sensitivity
repeated after every two
months) Total 6 courses
Camp Staff
LESC Experts Camp Operations, Waste Disposal, Natural Resource
Duration: one day (to be
Conservation, Housekeeping, improvement of repeated after every two
cleanliness and aesthetics
months) Total 6 courses
Restoration Teams
Days Course at the
and External
Consultants
LESC Experts Restoration Requirements, Waste Disposal

start of restoration
activities
ANNEXURE
F~~~ ......
4
TRAINING PROGRAMME FOR
CAPACITY BUILDING
Annexure-1 2
Page 1 of 7
TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN (TMP)
OVERVIEW
* Need for TMP
During the construction of grid stations and stringing of transmission lines,
there is movement of vehicles carrying the materials, equipment and
machinery. This entails the increased traffic density and ensuing disruption of
human activities. With a view to continue with the routine life operations it is
imperative to regulate the follow of traffic
General Consideration for Effective TMP
o Half a portion of any existing road shall be kept open to traffic during
the performance of the rehabilitation work when such a maintenance of
traffic is not possible for any reason temporary unmetalled road will be
constructed.
o Necessary care at all times will be taken to ensure the convenience
and safety of residents along and adjacent to the Project site.
o For the control of traffic during construction, it will be planned to
furnish, install and maintain traffic signs, delineators, barricades, flares,
flashers and flagmen as are necessary.
o The process of stringing will cause interruption to the movement of the
local population across the proposed corridors of the transmission lines
for their daily business and job activities. It will be disturbing for the
people of the area creating temporary and short-term minor negative
impact. Proper TMP is required for each site.
Construction Signs
Normal size 1.2 m x 1.2 m diamond of square shaped of steel sheet with
black letters painted on a yellow background. Letter size shall be minimum
12 cm in height. Signs shall be placed at 100 m intervals commencing 500 m
from the work site. The signs shall be placed approximately 2 m right and
1.5 m above the edge of pavement facing oncoming traffic. Typical sign
wordings to be used are:
DETOUR AHEAD, FLAGMEN AHEAD, ONE LANE ROAD
AHEAD, WORK IN PROGRESS AHEAD, ROAD CLOSED
AHEAD, MEN WORKING, SLOW and STOP.
In addition, other warning or regulatory signs shall be developed and located,
to facilitate the flow of traffic.
* Barricades
Steel sheet cross bars, normally 25 x 2 cm and 1.2 m wide shall be painted in
15 cm wide 450 diagonal black and white alternating strips and mounted on 15
1
Annexure-12
Page 2 of 7
cm posts. 1.2 m high and fastened to a suitable base platform. If necessary
for stability, the base shall be weighted with sand bags, stones or other
materials. Barricades shall be located on the roadway no more than 100 m
from each end of the restriction.
* Delineators
Delineators shall be reflective red or yellow plastic cones or plastic pipe with a
minimum height of 45 cm and mounted on a suitable base. Delineators shall
be spaced at 20 m intervals alongside the traffic side of the restricted work
area.
* Warning Lights
Warning lights shall be electric flashers with a bi-directional two-lens head
assembly. The lenses shall be a minimum 15 cm in dia. The intensity of the
warning lights shall be at least 4 candlepower and the flash rate shall be from
50 to 75 flashes per minute. Normally, warning lights shall be placed on all
barricades and the adjacent construction signs. Additional warning lights may
be placed at other locations
* Flagmen
Flagmen shall be provided with a vest of reflective red material and
construction type hard hat and have two hand signs at all times. The hand
signs shall be of the paddle-type, 30 cm in dia; one painted STOP/GO and the
other painted SLOW. Flagmen shall be posted at the beginning and end of the
restricted section and at intervals of 500 m within the zone.
* Single-Lane Traffic Control
In all cases where single-lane traffic becomes necessary over a particular
length of the works or over the approaches shall be provided a single lane at
least 3.5 m wide on the roadway or embankment.
At places where such single-lane traffic is in operation, the movement of the
equipment from one portion of the work to another shall be subject to such
single-lane traffic control. Spillage resulting from haulage operations along or
across the roadway shall be removed immediately.
* Project Information Signs
Project information signs will be erected at all main roads crossing the Project
area and at the beginning and end of the project area. The size of the Project
information signs and the message thereon shall be determined by the
Engineer Incharge.
* Materials
Materials of which road posts, hazard markers, warning tapes, traffic signs,
flashing amber lights, signals, barricades, diversion cones, big cones,
bollards, detours (Chevron) etc. be approved by the Engineer Incharge.
2
Annexure-12
Page 3 of 7
* Construction Requirements
Traffic signs, signals, barricades, warning tapes road posts and hazard
markers, cones, bollards etc. shall be so placed as to be easily and
opportunely visible to oncoming traffic to ensure drivers to know immediately
what instructions they are to follow.
* Concept of TMP for the Proposed Project
The proposed project is located in the highly urbanized city of Lahore and its
surroundings. However, except the Saggian grid station, all other grid station
sites are detached and are situated away from the mainstream traffic. TMP
for each site has been made in view of the existing topographical features and
the traffic load.
2. TMP FOR INAYAT PURA/ STATE LIFE GRID STATION AND ALLIED
TRANSMISSION LINE
* Topographical Features
Inayat Pura Grid Station is located in an isolated area. Villages Kumahan and
Jathol are situated in NW and SE respectively. Road Kumahan - Dev Kalan is
located on the eastern side at about 100 m distance from the proposed site.
Only a few vehicles ply over this road during the day. The plots of State Life
Housing Society across the road on eastern side remain unoccupied. Road
Lidhar - Bedian and Khaira Distributary are other features situated in the
project area.
* Components of TMP
For the construction of grid station there is no need of designing an elaborate
TMP. Sign posting and manning of sentry posts along the road Kumahan Dev Kalan opposite both ends of the grid station will effectively serve the
purpose of regulating the scant traffic flow.
For stringing of the transmission line the junction of road Lidhar - Bedian
(Alternative II) and Khaira Distributary - Bedian road (Alternative I) will pose
some problem. Components of TMP are as under:
o Sign posting and manning of sentry posts on both ends of the
junctions are proposed.
o The operation of stringing will be undertaken at night (from 2300 0400 hours) to avoid traffic congestions in those areas where there
is no possibility of creating disturbance for the local residents.
o Population living in the vicinity will be informed through public
representatives, loudspeakers of the mosques and personal
contacts about the duration of the stringing activity.
3
Annexure-1 2
Page 4 of 7
3. TMP FOR DHA/BARKI GRID STATION AND ALLIED TRANSMISSION
LINE
The proposed site of grid station is located in Phase VII of DHA. Main
Boulevard and the road Barki - Lahore pass at about 200 m and one km
distance from the grid station respectively. Khaira Distributary flows at about
600 m distance from the grid station and then flows across road Barki Lahore.
* Components TMP
o For the construction of grid station sign posting on the Main
Boulevard will be enough to permit smooth flow of traffic.
o For the stringing of transmission line the junction of Khaira
Distributary and the road Barki - Lahore is the bottleneck. Sign
posting and posting of sentries on both ends of the junction will
effectively serve the purpose of controlling the traffic flow.
o Single lane traffic control may be enforced if the traffic load is
significant.
4 TMP FOR MOMINPURA GRID STATION AND ITS TRANSMISSION LINE
Road Wagah - Lahore passes on the southern side at about
200 m distance. Villages Handu Gujjar and Chhabeel Adda are located on the
eastern side of grid station.
* Components of TMP
o The project intervention does not cause any traffic issue. Road
Wagah - Lahore is being widened now-a-days. The road work is
expected to be completed prior to the commencement of the
project. Sign posting and posting of sentries will be sufficient for
controlling the traffic flow.
o Single lane traffic control may be enforced if the traffic load is
significant.
5 TMP FOR GULBERG GRID STATION AND TRANSMISSION LINE
Gulberg Grid Station is situated in a restricted site. On one side Shibli Road
passes and on other two sides, two separate drains join together. The access
road to this grid station has a minimal traffic flow throughout the day and
night.
4
Annexure-1 2
Page 5 of 7
* Components of TMP
Sign posting and posting of sentries at both ends of the project site along
Shibli road will serve the purpose of regulating the traffic effectively. Also by
avoiding the movement of heavy machinery during peak hours will help in
managing the traffic flow.
6 TMP FOR SAGGIAN GRID STATION AND TRANSMISSION LINE
The proposed site is located on the outfall road near the Taj Company Chowk
(roundabout). This roundabout experiences heavy flows of traffic from
Saggian Bridge Road and Bund Road. There are immense business and
civic activities happening along the road during both day and night except for
a few hours after the midnight.
* Components of TMP
It is proposed to carry out the installation of poles and stringing of
transmission line at night (2300 - 0500 hours). During this period mostly the
slow moving heavy traffic plies on the roads and only a few vehicles enter the
outfall road from the Bund Road. Since the stringing process will affect the
traffic moving on the bund road it is recommended that the traffic should not
be allowed on the outfall road from both ends of the road during stringing.
Two plans are suggested as under (Exhibit 11):
o Plan 1 Incoming traffic from Sheikhupura, Faislabad and Islamabad
will be be diverted from across Saggian Bridge at Al-Saeed
Chowk, then it moves towards Niazi Chowk and from there to
Azadi chowk. From Azadi chowk, the traffic may follow any
route as required. Similarly the traffic flowing from Data Ganj
Bakhsh Road and Mall Road on the Outfall road should be
diverted to any side near the University of Veterinary and
Animal Sciences.
o Plan 2 The traffic flowing from Saggian Bridge is allowed to ply on
the main road but not on the outfall road. Also the traffic from
the Bund Road will be completely stopped to enter the
Outfall road.
o Preferred Plan
Plan 1 is preferred since it provides better traffic control. Liaison is
required to be made with the traffic police well in advance. At the
diversion places traffic police will be posted to regulate the flow.
5
Annexure-12
Page 6 of 7
* Awareness Programme
All possible means will be adopted to educate the people about the TMP.
Both electronic and print media will be utilized to disseminate the information
about the salient features of TMP. Small pamphlets will be prepared for
distribution among the affected localities, nearby institutions, organization of
transporters, rickshaw union, Lahore Chamber of Commerce & Industry, etc.
Languages of English, Urdu and Punjabi will be used for conveying the
message across the target groups.
o Electronic Media
A panel consisting of environmentalist, socio-economist, representative of
LESC and an officer from Lahore Traffic Police will run one each
programme on three television channels (Pakistan Television, Geo and
Aaj). Each programme will be of ten minutes duration. For each
programme different language will be used. Approximate cost of this
activity is Rs. 400,000/-.
o Radio Coverage
Radio is an effective media especially in rural and suburban areas. Radio
stations of Lahore, Faisalabad, Sargodha, Multan and Islamabad may be
used for dissemination of information. Teams of experts mentioned under
electronic media will be asked to undertake the programmes for radio also.
Since this media is economical, duration of each programme may be
20 minutes. Expenditure on this coverage is about Rs.100,000/-.
o Advertisement in Newspapers
Advertisement regarding salient features of the TMP will be published in
three newspapers (Daily Nation, Daily Jang and Daily Nawa-i-Waqt).
These advertisements will be given commencing four weeks in advance
with an interval of one week between two advertisements. Estimated cost
is about Rs.200,000/-.
o Lectures about details of TMP will be delivered in schools, colleges,
mosques and public offices. Its expenditure is about Rs.100,000/-.
Total Financial Effects for TMP
o Budget for Awareness Programme
Estimated budget for the awareness campaign is Rs.800,000/-.
LESCO will keep provision of this amount in the project cost.
o Cost of Gadgets for Project Information and Traffic Control
Approximate cost of the gadgets used for display of project information
and traffic control is Rs. 200,000
6
TRAFFIC PLAN FOR

Exhibit 11
PROPOSED 132 KV GRID STATION, SAGGIAN
0
01
*
~oo
MINAR-E-PADISTAN .0
.-g
G T ROAD
SHAHDARA BRIDGE
-NIAZI CHOWK ,,___________-__-_-_-_-_-_-_
CIRCULAR ROAD
-.
;ATA SAHIB Ij
VETERINARY
' --' G C. UNIVERSITY
UNIVERSITY
-- *
*J ABD
-, BD r . <Ei
I
0
* ABADI
.
6~D-KM
--0
0
ABADI
0
pD HPMALL ROAD
2
' '' ' - AJ- HI
'O. . CW -0
D-- - -- SAGGI RIDE
LAHORE
TO SHEIKHUPUIRA
RO S E S
. D A L.H,R :
ABADI
0
-h
' 2zLul- -T-----O
2-0
Not to Scale o
XX
O
N
0'
4
ANNEXURE
COSTS.OFR ...A...T.....I........
COSTS OF COMPENSATORY PLANTATION
Annexure -13
Cost of Compensatory Plantation
Daily Wage Rate (Rs.)
200
Plants Spacing (Meters)
3x3
Sr. No.
Activity
Amount (Rs.)
1st Year - New Planting
1 Culting of Undesirable growth and stubbing out weeds etc. including its
collection, burning and site clearance @ 6 mandays
1200
2 Layout and alignment @ 2 mandays
400
3 Earthwork (digging of pits) 25.2 cu.meters @ 5 mandays per 30 cu.meters
840
4 Cost of planting material 415 plants @ Rs.2.00 per plant
830
5 Carriage of 415 plants to planting site @ 2 mandays per 100 plants
1660
6 Planting @ Rs.2.00/ plant including 25% restocking
830
7 Hand watering of 330 plants - 32 times @ 6 mandays per 1 00 plants
126720
8 Reopening and clearance of pits 2 times @ 5 mandays per 30 cu.meters
1680
9 Weeding 2 times @ 2 mandays per avenue kilometer
800
10 Fencing of plants including cufting/ carriage of materials @ Rs. 2.00/ plant 660
1 1 Cost of planting 330 plants per avenue kilometer
135620
12 Unforeseen @ 10 %
13562
13 Total first year costs
149182
2nd Year- Maintenance
1 Hand watering of 330 plants - 24 times @ 6 mandays per 100 plants
95040
2 Planting of 66 plants (20%) - 2 mandays / 100 plants @ Rs.2.00/ plant
528
1680
800
5 Undesirable growth stubbing @ 4 mandays
800
6 Repair of fencing @ Re.l .00/ plant
330
7 Total maintenance costs
99178
8 Unforeseen @1 0 %
9918
9 Total 2nd year costs
109096
3rd Year - Maintenance
1 Hand watering of 330 plants - 20 times @ 6 mandays per 1 00 plants
79200
840
800
4 Undesirable growth stubbing @ 4 mandays per kilometer avenue
800
5 Repair of fencing @ Re.1.00 / plant
330
81970
7 Unforeseen @ 10 %
8197
8 Total 3rd year costs
90167
4th and 5th Year - Maintenance
1 Hand watering of 330 plants - 12 times @ 6 mandays per 100 plants
47520
840
800
4 Undesirable growth stubbing @ 4 mandays per kilometer avenue
800
49960
6 Unforeseen @1 0 %
7 Total 4th and 5th year costs
Grand Total For 5 Years
Cost per Plant (Rs.)
1389
4996
54956
458357
fI
LO P
LOCATION PLAN
-MMMM
womma-,, ..
Exhibit 1
\H7HDRA TOWN LO CAT I ON P LA N
NGIV220 KV
RAVI BUND ROAD
G.T.S.BAGHI
//ANRA
IRSHAN G AARE N
SHA 7O ND A1
--AMANABA L D \ -- - - NUTA EITN G
0 5 t WA w .
RISHN NAGA , SE
- AID \, IINDSTRIAL EXISTING G/TTION
4 WAPDAOWN J$ \ AREAPROPOSEDG/TATON
GLHANAHAN
RESIDENTIALRAREA
M<t\ UANABAD AN
REFERENCES
- -., Ifib

Rferences
REFERENCES
[1] Asian Development Bank, (2003), Environmental Assessment Requirements
and Environmental Review Procedures
[2] BARQAAB Consulting Services (Pvt.) Limited (November 2001),
Environmental Impact Assessment and Resettlement Action Plan, 500 kV
Rewat-Lahore Transmission Line Project, Final Report (Vol-I)
[3] BARQAAB Consulting Services (Pvt.) Limited (January 2005), Environmental
Impact Assessment, 220 kV Transmission Line-1, Rewat-Islamabad Project
[4] Government of Pakistan (2000), National Environmental Quality Standards
[5] Government of Pakistan (1997), Pakistan Environmental Protection Act.
[6] Government of Pakistan, Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency, (1997),
Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures
[7] Government of Pakistan (1999), Statistics Division, Population Census
Programme, District Census Report of Lahore
[8] Government of Pakistan and IUCN (1992), Pakistan National Conservation
Strategy.
[9] Government of Pakistan (2000), Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency,
Review of Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact
Assessment Regulations
[10] Government of Pakistan, Ministry of Commerce (2005-06), Pakistan
Economic Survey
[11] Lahore Electric Supply Company Limited (January 2006), Project Description
Document, World Bank Financing for 6th STG Project (for 2006-07)
[12] Lahore Electric Supply Company Limited (November 2005), Request for
Proposals (RFP) - Appointment of Consultants for Environmental and Social
Assessment (ESA) for the year 2006-07 of the 6th STG Project
[13] Lahore Electric Supply Company Limited (February 2006), Contract
Agreement between LESCO and BARQAAB in association with DMC for
Environmental and Social Assessment (ESA) of 6th STG Project for year
2006-07.

&ferences
[14] Soil Survey of Pakistan (1968), Reconnaissance Soil Survey of Lahore District
[15] The World Bank, UNEP and UNIDO (1998), Pollution Prevention and
Abatement Handbook: Towards Cleaner Production, Washington, D.C.
[16] The World Bank (1999), Operational Directive 4.01, Environmental
Assessment.
[17] The World Bank (1999), Environmental Assessment Source Book,
Washington DC.

Transmission Report Lesco World Bank

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Transmission Report Lesco World Bank

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

El 503

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

Kilo volts Ampere (Capacity)

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ASSESSMENT

6.13 IMPLEMENTATION MECHANISM FOR PROJECT

Table 4.17 Income of the Sample Population

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FORTHE YEAR 2006-07 Pooy, LegatandAinutratLve

wildlife The Punjab Wildlife (Protection Preservation Conservation

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 P y gatramew

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 P , Lega(andAdfnstratwe

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 4 / Lega(andAdimnistrative

limited forest resources. The objective of this policy is to assist borrowers

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07 I

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006.07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07

these characteristics, a 15 percent study sample instead of 13 percent as

6TH STG PROJECT LESCO FOR THE YEAR 2006-07